BSC6900 UMTS V900R014C00

Hardware Description
Issue Date Draft A 2012-02-15

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2012. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.

Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations of any kind, either express or implied. The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and recommendations in this document do not constitute the warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Address: Huawei Industrial Base Bantian, Longgang Shenzhen 518129 People's Republic of China http://www.huawei.com support@huawei.com

Website: Email:

Issue Draft A (2012-02-15)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

i

BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description

About This Document

About This Document

Overview
This document describes the hardware components of the BSC6900. It provides the users with a detailed and comprehensive reference to the BSC6900.

Product Version
The following table lists the product version related to this document. Product Name BSC6900 Product Version V900R014C00

Intended Audience
This document is intended for: l l Installers Site operators

Organization
1 Changes in the BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description This chapter describes the changes in the BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description. 2 Physical Structure The BSC6900 hardware consists of the cabinet, cables, GPS antenna system, and LMT. 3 Cabinet The cabinet is the main component of the BSC6900 system. The BSC6900 uses the Huawei N68E-22 cabinet or the Huawei N68E-21-N cabinet.
Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. ii

BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description

About This Document

4 Components of the Cabinet Components of the cabinet involve the power distribution box, air defence subrack, rear cable trough, subrack, independent fan subrack, rack. 5 Subracks This chapter describes subracks. Subracks are used to house boards and backplanes to form an independent unit. 6 Boards This chapter describes the boards supported by the BSC6900. 7 Cables This chapter describes all the cables used inside and outside the BSC6900 cabinet. 8 LEDs on the Boards This chapter describes the LEDs on the BSC6900 boards. 9 DIP Switches on Components This chapter describes the DIP switches on the boards and subracks of the BSC6900.

Conventions
Symbol Conventions The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows. Symbol Description Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk, which if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. Indicates a hazard with a medium or low level of risk, which if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which if not avoided, could result in equipment damage, data loss, performance degradation, or unexpected results. Indicates a tip that may help you solve a problem or save time. Provides additional information to emphasize or supplement important points of the main text.

General Conventions The general conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iii

BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description

About This Document

Convention Times New Roman Boldface Italic Courier New

Description Normal paragraphs are in Times New Roman. Names of files, directories, folders, and users are in boldface. For example, log in as user root. Book titles are in italics. Examples of information displayed on the screen are in Courier New.

Command Conventions The command conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows. Convention Boldface Italic [] { x | y | ... } [ x | y | ... ] { x | y | ... }* Description The keywords of a command line are in boldface. Command arguments are in italics. Items (keywords or arguments) in brackets [ ] are optional. Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars. One item is selected. Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by vertical bars. One item is selected or no item is selected. Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars. A minimum of one item or a maximum of all items can be selected. Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by vertical bars. Several items or no item can be selected.

[ x | y | ... ]*

GUI Conventions The GUI conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows. Convention Boldface > Description Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles are in boldface. For example, click OK. Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">" signs. For example, choose File > Create > Folder.

Keyboard Operations The keyboard operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iv

Press the keys concurrently. Mouse Operations The mouse operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows. pressing Alt. press Enter and press Tab. For example. Press and hold the primary mouse button and move the pointer to a certain position. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. A means the two keys should be pressed in turn. Action Click Double-click Drag Description Select and release the primary mouse button without moving the pointer. v . Press the primary mouse button twice continuously and quickly without moving the pointer. Key 2 Description Press the key. For example.. pressing Ctrl+Alt +A means the three keys should be pressed concurrently. For example.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description About This Document Format Key Key 1+Key 2 Key 1. Press the keys in turn. Ltd.

.........32 4........4 Distribution of Power Switches on the Power Distribution Box...............................................1 Appearance of the Cabinet.......2 Rear Panel of the Power Distribution Box...........1 Front Panel of the Power Distribution Box................................................................................................5 DIP Switch on the Subrack.........................................................................................3 Fan Box (Configured with the PFCU Board)............................... vi ...........................................................................................8 3.........................................33 4...........................35 4........................................................................................................BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description Contents Contents About This Document........................................41 5....................5..ii 1 Changes in the BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description..........................................................................................................................................................................................................4 Slots in the Subrack.........................................................24 4 Components of the Cabinet......34 4...............3 Rear Cable Trough...........................................................................................................................................................................................................2 Air Defence Subrack.............10 3........2 Technical Specifications of the Independent Fan Subrack........................34 4.31 4..............38 5.....................................................................................................................1..............................................................................................................................................1 Power Distribution Box................................................................................1 Classification of Subracks.....................................................................6 3.............................2 Components of the Subrack...................................1 Appearance of the Independent Fan Subrack..................................................................................................................4 Distribution of Signal Cables for the EPR...................................3 Distribution of Signal Cables for the MPR.............................................................2 Classification of Cabinets.4 Technical Specifications of the Cabinet...........................................................44 5...................................................5.............................................................1 Relation Between Power Outputs and Cabinet Components.............36 4............................................................................................4........................39 5.............................5 3...35 4............................3 3 Cabinet.............................................................................3 Components of the Cabinet..................................36 5 Subracks...............................................................12 3..........................................14 3...........................1...............1.........................2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the Cabinet.....................................................................................31 4..............................................................................................................1 2 Physical Structure...5 Cable Connections of the Cabinet..3 Technical Specifications of the Power Distribution Box..........................18 3...........................................................................................4..........44 5...........4 Independent Fan Subrack..........................................................................5.............................................................................................................................47 Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co..12 3....................................................................................................................................... Ltd.........................9 3.............................................6 Configuration of the Subrack.....5.......................................................39 5..............30 4......................1.................................................................

.......80 6......3.........................................................................77 6..............................62 6.................................................2...............4 Ports on the FG2a Board..................................82 6........................................78 6...........................................2 Panel of the DPUe Board..............................................................................................................................................................................................................4 DPUb Board...........................3 LEDs on the DPUb Board.................72 6...............5.................................7.........64 6.......84 Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co........................77 6..................................................................................71 6.......................1....2.................6 Technical Specifications of the AOUa Board.................6........75 6..................62 6............................................................................................58 6......................6....69 6..............................................1 AEUa Board.......4..................................1...............................................................................5 DIP Switches on the AEUa Board.....................4 Ports on the AEUa Board..............................................................................1 Functions of the DPUe Board.........................3..............................................76 6.....2............................................................................5.......6 FG2a Board........................................................2 Configuration of the EPS...................................................64 6........................................................................................................................2 Panel of the FG2a Board..........................................................47 5...................2 Panel of the AOUc Board.6..................................5 Technical Specifications of the FG2a Board...4 Technical Specifications of the DPUb Board...................56 6..................................................................................................................................56 6.....................................................................3...............................................................................3...........................................................................2 Panel of the AEUa Board.3 LEDs on the AEUa Board................................................................................................................................................................75 6..................74 6........................................................................................................................3 LEDs on the AOUa Board..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................57 6..............................................................................................................................................................................................69 6.......3.................74 6................................................4 Ports on the AOUa Board.........................................61 6..................................79 6...................2........................84 6....................................................................................1 Functions of the AOUa Board....................81 6........6............5 DPUe Board......................................... Ltd.......................1 Functions of the AOUc Board..........................5.7 FG2c Board....................................................................6...................................50 6...................80 6........1 Configuration of the MPS.......................5.........................4............................1 Functions of the FG2a Board.................................................................78 6................................80 6.................................................4..........................................................................................................................70 6.............................2 Panel of the DPUb Board.......................1 Functions of the DPUb Board..............1 Functions of the AEUa Board...............................................................56 6.................................6...........4..............48 6 Boards................................................2......5 DIP Switches on the AOUa Board............................................................................BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description Contents 5.1................................................. vii ............................................2 Panel of the AOUa Board...............65 6.............4 Ports on the AOUc Board................................................................................................3 AOUc Board......3 LEDs on the AOUc Board.........................47 5....................................................................6 Technical Specifications of the AEUa Board.....................................5 Technical Specifications of the AOUc Board.........................................................................................................1 Functions of the FG2c Board................63 6..................4 Technical Specifications of the DPUe Board............7 Technical Specifications of the Subrack................................................................................66 6...................................................................................1.....................3 LEDs on the FG2a Board.......2...68 6........................................................................................................................................................3 LEDs on the DPUe Board....1...58 6.............................83 6.............2 AOUa Board.................................1..................6......................................................................................................

..11..........................13..5 Technical Specifications of the GCUa/GCGa Board......................7..................................7.................5 Technical Specifications of the FG2c Board....................................................................................................................................................................7.......................4 Technical Specifications of the NIUa Board...............................14 PAMU Board.........................4 Ports on the FG2c Board.......................................101 6..........................8..........4 Ports on the GOUa Board.......................9......................................................104 6...................106 6.........................................................................2 Panel of the GOUc Board....................108 6..................................2 Panel of the GOUa Board........................................................................112 6................13.................................14......................................................1 Functions of the GOUc Board......................................................................8 GCUa and GCGa Board...........................................................................14........................8....................................................103 6..................................................................................................................................12........113 6....12.......................91 6..107 6.........................................................................3 LEDs on the OMUc Board...........................................................................9...........................7...........4 Ports on the OMUc Board.........................................................111 6.........12.........................................85 6...........................88 6.............2 Panel of the OMUc Board.......104 6................................................................87 6............................................96 6...............13 OMUc Board...................2 Panel of the NIUa Board.........3 LEDs on the OMUa Board.........................................8..............3 LEDs on the FG2c Board...............10 GOUc Board.....11........................................................................10..........................................................................................8...............................................................................................13........................1 Functions of the GOUa Board...........12............................................................................3 LEDs on the GOUa Board..........1 Functions of the PAMU Board.....................................................................................89 6.......................................................................................90 6.......111 6...................9..........................................................................................93 6.........88 6.................................................101 6......................................................................................104 6......93 6.............1 Functions of the NIUa Board......................101 6........................................11....................................................................................93 6...........................................................8..................98 6................................92 6.....................BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description Contents 6.............2 Panel of the FG2c Board...........................10..................................10.............................................90 6....................................................109 6.........................................................9.92 6.........4 Ports on the GOUc Board...................................................3 LEDs on the GOUc Board.................11 NIUa Board.....4 Ports on the GCUa/GCGa Board...................................4 Ports on the OMUa Board..........98 6...............................1 Functions of the OMUa Board.................................................11......................... viii ......................................................1 Functions of the OMUc Board............................107 6...................................10............................................................................................................................................13..........................................................................12...............................2 Panel of the OMUa Board........................................................................................................................................2 Panel of the GCUa/GCGa Board................................114 Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co....3 LEDs on the NIUa Board............................5 Technical Specifications of the OMUc Board...........3 LEDs on the GCUa/GCGa Board......85 6.....102 6........................................................................................................................................13...........10.............................................................9 GOUa Board................................................. Ltd..........5 Technical Specifications of the GOUc Board..........5 Technical Specifications of the GOUa Board........................5 Technical Specifications of the OMUa Board...................................113 6...................................97 6............1 Functions of the GCUa/GCGa Board.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................91 6.....................................96 6..................................................................................109 6............................................................86 6............................96 6.......................2 Panel of the PAMU Board...........9....12 OMUa Board......

...............................................................................................................................145 6.............1 Functions of the SAUc Board..................................................................................133 6...................1 Functions of the SCUa Board......17.......2 Panel of the PEUa Board......4 Ports on the POUa Board....................2 Panel of the SAUa Board........................132 6...............................................................18..........................................................................................15.......1 Functions of the POUa Board..............123 6......................................................................3 Technical Specifications of the PFCU Board.................................5 Technical Specifications of the SAUc Board.............................................................................................18...............................146 6................131 6.6 Technical Specifications of the PEUa Board.................................4 Ports on the SAUc Board.....................................................3 LEDs on the PAMU Board.........6 Technical Specifications of the POUa Board.................5 Technical Specifications of the POUc Board........................................................116 6.................1 Functions of the SAUa Board...............................116 6.............................................................16......................................................................................................................................................126 6........ Ltd...............................146 6..........17........................16........................................................1 Functions of the PFCU Board.........................................144 6.....................................................................................................137 6....................................................................................................................2 DIP Switch on the PFCU Board......19.................................................................15......................................................118 6................................................................118 6...............3 LEDs on the PEUa Board........................................ ix ..................................................................137 6...................132 6.......................17........................19 SAUa Board...................................17.......................17 POUa Board......15 PEUa Board..............123 6......................4 DIP Switch on the PAMU Board.........15.....................19..........................................................................................................................20.................BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description Contents 6.................................................17......5 Technical Specifications of the PAMU Board....................................................................................................1 Functions of the PEUa Board...........................139 6................139 6.................................................................................................................................................123 6....19............15.............................17...........5 DIP Switches on the POUa Board...........117 6....................................................................125 6.........1 Functions of the POUc Board......................................................121 6........................................................140 6.................................................................18 POUc Board..............................125 6.............................21........................129 6....20....21...............................................14......137 6.............................................................20........4 Ports on the PEUa Board........................................................................18.......................................................................142 6..........125 6........................128 6................................5 DIP Switches on the PEUa Board.......126 6........................3 LEDs on the SAUa Board...........................................................2 Panel of the SAUc Board.........................................................19....................144 6.............................................................21 SCUa Board.................15......................147 Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.............5 Technical Specifications of the SAUa Board....................................................................2 Panel of the POUc Board...............115 6................................16.....116 6.........19..16 PFCU Board...........2 Panel of the SCUa Board.............................................................2 Panel of the POUa Board..................................4 Ports on the SAUa Board.............................................................15..............20 SAUc Board.......................3 LEDs on the POUc Board..................134 6...............................................18............................114 6................................135 6.........141 6...................127 6.............................................................................................................................................................................3 LEDs on the POUa Board................................................................3 LEDs on the SAUc Board..............................................................................................20...........................................14...14.....................142 6............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................18.................................4 Ports on the POUc Board.......117 6.........................................................................20.....

...............................1 Functions of the UOIa Board..............2 Panel of the UOIa Board.................5 Technical Specifications of the UOIc Board.........25......................................................170 6.......2 Panel of the SPUb Board........................................151 6..167 6................4 Ports on the UOIa Board........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................24....159 6..................BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description Contents 6................................................164 6..............................................................................................24 SPUb Board....6 Active/Standby 75-ohm Coaxial Cable........................................2 Panel of the SCUb Board....3 LEDs on the SCUb Board........................................22...........................................................................................................................................................5 Technical Specifications of the UOIa Board...................................157 6.....................25.......................................................................................................................................179 7...............................................................................................187 7...............................................................1 Functions of the SPUa Board.............................................................................7 120-ohm Twisted Pair Cable............................................................176 7..............................................23.........................................22...................................................................................3 Optical Cable........................................................................23..........................................................................................................................................................................22.............153 6.....................25....192 Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.................................23 SPUa Board...............................................................................................26....2 Panel of the SPUa Board.....................................................22........................................................................................... x ......163 6............................21.......................................................................................23........................................2 Panel of the UOIc Board....21......................165 6.....................................................................................4 Ports on the SCUa Board.............26...........3 LEDs on the SPUb Board.....................................................190 7....................................................................................................................165 6.....161 6............181 7......................................4 Ports on the SPUa Board..21........................152 6.........................................................149 6................................150 6.................161 6.................................148 6....................................173 7.......................................................................................25...........................8 Active/Standby 120-ohm Twisted Pair Cable............................................................................................152 6....................22............4 Ports on the SPUb Board...........................................................................................................................169 6......................3 LEDs on the UOIc Board....3 LEDs on the SPUa Board.........26.....................................23...........................1 Power Cables........168 6...............................150 6................24.....25...158 6....................................154 6.....................................1 Functions of the SCUb Board....................182 7..........................................................................168 6....................................................................................................................................................3 LEDs on the SCUa Board.....4 Optical Splitter/Combiner (Fiber Coupler)..........26......4 Ports on the SCUb Board....162 6...............26..............................................................................5 75-ohm Coaxial Cable.............170 7 Cables......................................................24...............................24..........1 Functions of the SPUb Board...............................155 6...............................................................5 Technical Specifications of the SCUb Board.................................................................................................................................. Ltd........................22 SCUb Board.........................................................................163 6............................................162 6........................25 UOIa Board...............................................................................................4 Ports on the UOIc Board......................................5 Technical Specifications of the SPUa Board......................................................................................24............................158 6..............5 Technical Specifications of the SPUb Board.......156 6.......................185 7.....................................................148 6.................................................................5 Technical Specifications of the SCUa Board..157 6...........160 6...........3 LEDs on the UOIa Board..............................................................26 UOIc Board................1 Functions of the UOIc Board...........................................................................................23..........................................................2 PGND Cables....................................................................................................................

......197 7...12 LEDs on the OMUa Board............................3 DIP Switches on the AOUa Board...................................................231 9....215 8................................................ Ltd................................................227 8..................................................................................................................................210 8...................................10 LEDs on the GOUc Board...........222 8.................4 LEDs on the DPUb Board...........................................................................................5 LEDs on the DPUe Board...............................................................................................................221 8.........................................................................................20 LEDs on the SCUa Board.......................................212 8.......................................199 7....................................................................................................................................................................................8 LEDs on the GCUa/GCGa Board.................................................1 LEDs on the AEUa Board..............213 8....7 LEDs on the FG2c Board...........................3 LEDs on the AOUc Board................14 Alarm Box Signal Cable........24 LEDs on the UOIa Board....207 7............................................................................... 230 9..........................................................................................18 EMU RS485 Communication Cable.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................222 8....10 Y-Shaped Clock Cable.............195 7...................................207 7.............199 7.......................................................................................................................................................................................202 7............................................................................................228 9 DIP Switches on Components...22 LEDs on the SPUa Board................................................................................................................................................................................. xi ......208 8 LEDs on the Boards...............................................................................................................................................................................9 LEDs on the GOUa Board..................................................................................11 LEDs on the NIUa Board..................................................................................................................19 SFP+ High-Speed Cable.................................17 LEDs on the POUc Board...........................23 LEDs on the SPUb Board..........................233 9.........204 7................................21 LEDs on the SCUb Board...........................................................................................................................................................................2 LEDs on the AOUa Board..................................217 8...................25 LEDs on the UOIc Board.................................................................................17 OMU serial port cable............................................................................................................................225 8.............................................................................................13 LEDs on the OMUc Board.....................................................................................................................................212 8...........................15 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Power Distribution Box........................................................................11 Line Clock Signal Cable................................................................................................................236 9.............................................................220 8....1 DIP Switch on the Subrack.............................................................................................................................................................15 LEDs on the PEUa Board......................................................................216 8.................18 LEDs on the SAUa Board..........................................................................................................9 BITS Clock Cable.............218 8.......223 8.....................................................................................................................220 8..219 8....19 LEDs on the SAUc Board...................................................................2 DIP Switches on the AEUa Board..........................................................................................................................238 Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.................................................................................................................................................................224 8..228 8.....214 8..16 LEDs on the POUa Board....................................................................................217 8......BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description Contents 7.............................13 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Independent Fan Subrack......................................................................................................................................................................................................206 7......................6 LEDs on the FG2a Board..................................................213 8.......................................................203 7...........4 DIP Switch on the PAMU Board..............12 Straight-Through Cable................226 8...........16 GPS Signal Transmission Cable.......................215 8....................................224 8....................................................................14 LEDs on the PAMU Board..................................................................................................................

.... Ltd.................... xii .......................................243 Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co..5 DIP Switches on the PEUa Board.....................................239 9..................................241 9................BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description Contents 9..............................................................................................................................6 DIP Switch on the PFCU Board......................................................7 DIP Switches on the POUa Board....................

19.19. the DPUg board cannot replace the DPUe board.2 Panel of the SAUa Board – 6..3 LEDs on the SAUc Board – 6.19. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.20 SAUc Board – 6. Draft A (2012-02-15) This is the Draft A release of V900R014C00.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 1 Changes in the BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 1 Changes in the BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description This chapter describes the changes in the BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description.1 Functions of the SAUa Board – 6. Compared with issue 04 (2012-01-05) of V900R013C00.3 LEDs on the SAUa Board – 6.19.5 Technical Specifications of the SAUc Board Compared with issue 04 (2012-01-05) of V900R013C00.1 Functions of the SAUc Board – 6.5 Technical Specifications of the SAUa Board l 6.20. this issue includes the following new topics: l 6. l The DPUe board can replace the DPUg board. However.2 Panel of the SAUc Board – 6. this issue incorporates the following changes: Content 6 Boards Description l Modified the list of boards.4 Ports on the SAUa Board – 6.20.19. Ltd.4 Ports on the SAUc Board – 6.19 SAUa Board – 6.20.20.20. 1 .

000/s to 5..BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 1 Changes in the BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description Content 6. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.18. Compared with issue 04 (2012-01-05) of V900R013C00.5 Technical Specifications of the FG2c Board 6.7.5 Technical Specifications of the GOUc Board 6.10. 2 .5 Technical Specifications of the AOUc Board 6.5 Technical Specifications of the POUc Board 6.000/s.26.5 Technical Specifications of the UOIc Board Description The number of session setup/release times is modified from 3.3. this issue does not exclude any topics.

cables. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. (1) GPS: Global Positioning System (3) LMT: Local Maintenance Terminal (2) PDF: Power Distribution Frame (DC) Table 2-1 describes the components of the BSC6900.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 2 Physical Structure 2 Figure 2-1 shows the BSC6900 physical structure.. 3 . and LMT. Figure 2-1 BSC6900 physical structure Physical Structure The BSC6900 hardware consists of the cabinet. GPS antenna system.

feeder.. and surge protector. see the BSC6900 UMTS LMT User Guide. The GPS antenna system consists of the antenna. It is optional. The GPS antenna system is used to receive GPS satellite signals. see 7 Cables. LMT The LMT refers to the operation and maintenance (OM) terminal that is installed with the Huawei Local Maintenance Terminal software and is connected to the OM network of the BSC6900. For details. The LMT is used to operate and maintain the BSC6900. For details. see 3 Cabinet. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. 4 .BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 2 Physical Structure Table 2-1 Components of the BSC6900 Component Cabinet Cables GPS antenna system Description For details. jumper.

5 Cable Connections of the Cabinet This section describes the connections of the power cables.4 Technical Specifications of the Cabinet The technical specifications of the cabinet consist of cabinet dimensions. Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC). 3. The N68E-21-N cabinet is a double-door cabinet. 5 . independent fan subrack (configured in only the Huawei N68E-22 cabinet). air defence subrack. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.3 Components of the Cabinet The components of the BSC6900 cabinet are the power distribution box. 3. input voltage range.2 Classification of Cabinets Based on functions. 3. rated input voltage. Ltd. cabinet weight. power consumption. the single-door cabinet and the double-door cabinet. rack. The BSC6900 uses the Huawei N68E-22 cabinet or the Huawei N68E-21-N cabinet.1 Appearance of the Cabinet The N68E-22 cabinet is of two types. 3. PGND cables. height of the available space.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 3 Cabinet 3 About This Chapter Cabinet The cabinet is the main component of the BSC6900 system.. and signal cables in the cabinet. cable rack. and rear cable trough. cabinets are classified into the main processing rack (MPR) and the extended processing rack (EPR). subrack. and heat dissipation. namely. 3.

BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 3 Cabinet 3. Figure 3-3 shows the N68E-21-N cabinet. Figure 3-1 shows the single-door N68E-22 cabinet. namely. Figure 3-1 Single-door N68E-22 cabinet Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1 Appearance of the Cabinet The N68E-22 cabinet is of two types. the single-door cabinet and the double-door cabinet.. Figure 3-2 shows the double-door N68E-22 cabinet. 6 . The N68E-21-N cabinet is a double-door cabinet. Ltd.

. 7 . Ltd.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 3 Cabinet Figure 3-2 Double-door N68E-22 cabinet Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

2 Classification of Cabinets Based on functions. see 3.3 Components of the Cabinet. Ltd. 8 .. but only one EPR can be configured in the BSC6900. You can also choose not to configure the EPR. EPR The number of EPRs to be configured depends on the traffic volume.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 3 Cabinet Figure 3-3 N68E-21-N cabinet 3. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. MPR Only one MPR is configured in the BSC6900. For details on the components of the MPR or the EPR. cabinets are classified into the main processing rack (MPR) and the extended processing rack (EPR).

cable rack. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and rear cable trough.3 Components of the Cabinet The components of the BSC6900 cabinet are the power distribution box.. 9 . subrack. air defence subrack. Ltd. Figure 3-4 Components of the cabinet (N68E-22 model) (1) Air inlet (4) Air defence subrack (7) Cable rack (2) Independent fan subrack (5) Filler panel (8) Rear cable trough (3) Subrack (6) Power distribution box Table 3-1 lists the components of the cabinet and describes their configurations.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 3 Cabinet 3. independent fan subrack (configured in only the Huawei N68E-22 cabinet). rack. Figure 3-4 shows the components of the BSC6900 cabinet (N68E-22 model).

Rear Cable Trough NOTE l The subracks are numbered from bottom to top. Air Defence Subrack Independent Fan Subrack Two air defence subracks are configured. Table 3-2 Technical specifications of the BSC6900 cabinet (N68E-22) Item Dimensions Height of the available space Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Specification 2200 mm (height) x 600 mm (width) x 800 mm (depth) 46 U (1 U = 44. except that the N68E-21-N cabinet is not configured with the independent fan subrack.45 mm = 1. The two models of cabinets have different technical specifications. input voltage range. Table 3-2 describes the technical specifications of the BSC6900 cabinet (N68E-22). Ltd. l The MPR is configured with one main processing subrack (MPS) and depending on the traffic volume zero to two extended processing subracks (EPSs). Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC). and the MPS is numbered 0.. Technical Specifications of the BSC6900 Cabinet (N68E-22) The BSC6900 uses the Huawei N68E-22 or N68E-21-N cabinet. . depending on the traffic volume. height of the available space. l The components of the N68E-21-N cabinet are the same as those of the N68E-22 cabinet. Three rear cable troughs are configured. Only one independent fan subrack is configured in the N68E-22 cabinet and no independent fan subrack is configured in the N68E-21-N cabinet. and heat dissipation. power consumption. 3.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 3 Cabinet Table 3-1 Configuration of the cabinet Component Power Distribution Box Subrack Configuration Only one power distribution box is configured.4 Technical Specifications of the Cabinet The technical specifications of the cabinet consist of cabinet dimensions. rated input voltage. l The EPR is configured with one to three EPSs.75 inches) 10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. cabinet weight.

Heat dissipation The heat generated by a cabinet equals the total heat generated by all subracks in the cabinet.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 3 Cabinet Item Weight Specification l Empty cabinet ≤ 100 kg l Cabinet in full configuration ≤ 320 kg Rated input voltage Input voltage range EMC -48 V DC power supply -40 V to -57 V l Meets the requirements in ETSI EN300 386 l Meets the requirements in Council directive 89/336/ EEC Power consumption The cabinet power consumption equals the sum of power consumption of all subracks in the cabinet. Ltd.75 inches) l Empty cabinet ≤ 155 kg l Cabinet in full configuration ≤ 380 kg Rated input voltage Input voltage range Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) -48 V DC power supply -40 V to -57 V 11 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Therefore. To facilitate capacity expansion in future. check the power system if multiple boards are abnormal at the same time. It is recommended that the power distribution system provide a maximum of 5100 W power per cabinet to facilitate capacity expansion. multiple boards will become abnormal at the same time.. Table 3-3 Technical specifications of the BSC6900 cabinet (N68E-21-N) Item Dimensions Height of the available space Weight Specification 2130 mm (height) x 600 mm (width) x 800 mm (depth) 44 U (1 U = 44.45 mm = 1. WARNING When the voltage of power supply is lower than the lower threshold of the input voltage scope. the air conditioning system installed onsite must be able to dissipate a maximum of 4100 W heat from each cabinet. . Technical Specifications of the BSC6900 Cabinet (N68E-21-N) Table 3-3 describes the technical specifications of the BSC6900 cabinet (N68E-21-N).

5 Cable Connections of the Cabinet This section describes the connections of the power cables.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 3 Cabinet Item EMC Specification l Meets the requirements in GR 1089 l Meets the requirements in ETSI EN300 386 l Meets the requirements in Council directive 89/336/ EEC Power consumption The cabinet power consumption equals the sum of power consumption of all subracks in the cabinet. and a set of cables. To facilitate capacity expansion in future. a power distribution box. The MPR and EPR mentioned in this section are of the N68E-22 model. Table 3-4 describes the working mechanism of the power distribution box in the MPR. Heat dissipation The heat generated by a cabinet equals the total heat generated by all subracks in the cabinet. WARNING When the voltage of power supply is lower than the lower threshold of the input voltage scope. Ltd.5. and signal cables in the cabinet. For details on the working mechanism of the power system. Figure 3-5 shows the working mechanism of the power distribution box in the MPR.1 Relation Between Power Outputs and Cabinet Components This section describes the fixed relation between the outputs of the PDF and the inputs of power distribution box as well as between the outputs of power distribution box and the components of the cabinet. check the power system if multiple boards are abnormal at the same time. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. NOTE An empty cabinet refers to the one that is configured with front and rear doors.. Therefore. see the Power Supply Principle. 12 . multiple boards will become abnormal at the same time. the air conditioning system installed onsite must be able to dissipate a maximum of 4100 W heat from each cabinet. It is recommended that the power distribution system provide a maximum of 5100 W power per cabinet to facilitate capacity expansion. Only the Huawei N68E-22 cabinet requires the independent fan subrack. 3. side panels. 3. NOTE The BSC6900 uses the Huawei N68E-22 or N68E-21-N cabinet. PGND cables.

Ltd. 13 .BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 3 Cabinet Figure 3-5 Working mechanism of the power distribution box in the MPR Table 3-4 Working mechanism of the power distribution box in the MPR PDF Output Input of Power Distribution Box Output of Power Distribut ion Box A7 NEG (-) A8 NEG (-) 63 A -48 V DC output 2 B1(-) B7 NEG(-) B8 NEG(-) 63 A RTN power output 1 A1(+) A7 RTN (+) A8 RTN (+) Subrack Input 63 A -48 V DC output 1 A1(-) -48 V DC input 2 on the independent fan subrack -48 V DC input 2 on subrack 2 -48 V DC input 1 on the independent fan subrack -48 V DC input 1 on subrack 2 RTN power input 2 on the independent fan subrack RTN power input 2 on subrack 2 Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co..

The PGND cables are used to connect the cabinet to the grounding bar in the equipment room.5.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 3 Cabinet PDF Output Input of Power Distribution Box Output of Power Distribut ion Box B7 RTN (+) B8 RTN (+) Subrack Input 63 A RTN power output 2 B1(+) RTN power input 1 on the independent fan subrack RTN power input 1 on subrack 2 -48 V DC input 2 on subrack 1 -48 V DC input 2 on subrack 0 -48 V DC input 1 on subrack 1 -48 V DC input 1 on subrack 0 RTN power input 2 on subrack 1 RTN power input 2 on subrack 0 RTN power input 1 on subrack 1 RTN power input 1 on subrack 0 100 A -48 V DC output 1 A3(-) A9 NEG (-) A10 NEG (-) 100 A -48 V DC output 2 B3(-) B9 NEG(-) B10 NEG (-) 100 A RTN power output 1 A3(+) A9 RTN (+) A10 RTN (+) 100 A RTN power output 2 B3(+) B9 RTN (+) B10 RTN (+) 3. Figure 3-6 shows the connections of the power cables and PGND cables in the BSC6900 (N68E-22 cabinet). 14 . thus ensuring stable power supply to the subrack and independent fan subrack.. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the Cabinet The power cables in the cabinet are used to connect the power distribution box to the subrack and independent fan subrack. Ltd. thus protecting the cabinet from electrostatic discharge.

.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 3 Cabinet Figure 3-6 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the N68E-22 cabinet Table 3-5 describes the connections of the power cables and PGND cables in the BSC6900 cabinet. Ltd. 15 . Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

9. Ltd. 16 . 17. 11. 2.. 25. 30 31 50-57 Description Power cables for the bottom subrack Power cables for the middle subrack Power cables for the top subrack PGND cable connecting the power distribution box and the mounting bar PGND cables connecting the subracks and the mounting bar Inter-cabinet PGND cables Power cables for the independent fan subrack PGND cable connecting the independent fan subrack and the mounting bar PGND cables for cabinet doors and side panels Figure 3-7 shows the connections of the power cables and PGND cables in the Figure 3-7 (N68E-21-N cabinet).BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 3 Cabinet Table 3-5 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the BSC6900 cabinet SN 5. 10 1. 18. 26 27. 12 3. 19 24. 4. 16. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 8 13 14. 28. 29. 6. 15. 7.

17 .BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 3 Cabinet Figure 3-7 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the N68E-21-N cabinet Table 3-6 describes the connections of the power cables and PGND cables in the BSC6900 cabinet. Ltd.. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

16. and trunk cables are taken as examples. 21 24. NOTE l l The types and number of the interface boards shown in Figure 3-8 are only taken as examples. optical cables. 18. 26 50-57 Description Power cables for the bottom subrack Power cables for the middle subrack Power cables for the top subrack PGND cable connecting the power distribution box and the mounting bar PGND cables connecting the subracks and the mounting bar PGND cables for the cabinet busbar PGND cables connecting the busbars of different cabinets PGND cables for cabinet doors and side panels 3. clock signal cables. The actual configurations depend on the site planning. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 10 1. and monitoring signal cables for the power distribution box. The installation positions and number of the Ethernet cables. 8 13 14. 4. 6. 2.5. 9. Connections of Signal Cables for the MPR Figure 3-8 shows the connections of the signal cables for the MPR.3 Distribution of Signal Cables for the MPR The signal cables for the MPR refer to Ethernet cables. The actual configurations depend on the site planning. 25. 7. Ltd.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 3 Cabinet Table 3-6 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the BSC6900 cabinet SN 5. 19 20. 17. 11. 12 3.. trunk cables. optical cables. 15. 18 .

19 .. Ltd.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 3 Cabinet Figure 3-8 Connections of signal cables for the MPR Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 3 Cabinet Description About the Connections of Signal Cables for the MPR Table 3-7 describes the connections of signal cables for the MPR. The cable is optional.. 2. two cables are required. 20 . 3 GPS signal transmission cable connecting GPS surge protector to GCGa board SFP+ high-speed cable connecting SCUb boards of different subracks SFP+ high-speed cable connecting SCUb boards of different subracks SFP+ high-speed cable connecting SCUb boards of different subracks SFP+ high-speed cable connecting SCUb boards of different subracks Type N connector/ Protect port of the GPS surge protector on top of the cabinet RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 6 of the EPS RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 7 of the EPS RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 6 of the EPS RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 7 of the EPS 4 RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 6 of the MPS RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 6 of the MPS RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 6 of the MPS RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 6 of the MPS l SFP+ high-speed cable l Installed before delivery 5 6 7 Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. When installed. Only one monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box is configured. Table 3-7 Connections of signal cables for the MPR SN Cable Name Connector Type1/ Connection Position1 DB15/Port connecting the power distribution box to the independent fan subrack SMA/ANT port on the GCGa board Connector Type2/ Connection Position2 DB9/ MONITOR 1 port on the independent fan subrack Remarks 1 Monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box The cable is mandatory and is installed before delivery.

13 The cable is optional. 16 Y-shaped clock signal cable RJ45/CLKIN port on the SCUb board in slot 6 of the EPS Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 21 . Ltd. When installed.. two cables are required. installed when the EPS is responsible for receiving the line clock signals Optional. The number of cables to be installed and their actual installation positions depend on the site planning. 15 Line clock signal cable SMB/2M0 or 2M1 port on the AOUa/POUa/ UOIa/AEUa board RJ45/ CLKOUT0 ports on the GCUa/ GCGa boards in slots 12 and 13 Two to four. optional.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 3 Cabinet SN Cable Name Connector Type1/ Connection Position1 RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 7 of the MPS RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 7 of the MPS RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 7 of the MPS RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 7 of the MPS SMB or BNC/ BITS clock source Connector Type2/ Connection Position2 RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 7 of the EPS RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 6 of the EPS RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 7 of the EPS RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 6 of the EPS SMB connector (already installed on the BITS clock signal cable)/ CLKIN0 port on the GCUa/ GCGa board SMB/CLKIN0 or CLKIN1 port on the GCUa/ GCGa board Remarks 8 SFP+ high-speed cable connecting SCUb boards of different subracks Ethernet cable connecting SCUb boards of different subracks SFP+ high-speed cable connecting SCUb boards of different subracks SFP+ high-speed cable connecting SCUb boards of different subracks BITS clock signal cable 9 10 11 12. 14.

BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 3 Cabinet SN Cable Name Connector Type1/ Connection Position1 RJ45/ CLKOUT1 ports on the GCUa/ GCGa boards in slots 12 and 13 RJ45/ CLKOUT2 ports on the GCUa/ GCGa boards in slots 12 and 13 RJ45/ CLKOUT3 ports on the GCUa/ GCGa boards in slots 12 and 13 RJ45/ CLKOUT4 ports on the GCUa/ GCGa boards in slots 12 and 13 RJ45/ CLKOUT5 ports on the GCUa/ GCGa boards in slots 12 and 13 RJ45/ CLKOUT6 ports on the GCUa/ GCGa boards in slots 12 and 13 RJ45/ CLKOUT7 ports on the GCUa/ GCGa boards in slots 12 and 13 RJ45/ CLKOUT8 ports on the GCUa/ GCGa boards in slots 12 and 13 Connector Type2/ Connection Position2 RJ45/CLKIN port on the SCUb board in slot 7 of the EPS RJ45/CLKIN port on the SCUb board in slot 6 of the EPS RJ45/CLKIN port on the SCUb board in slot 7 of the EPS RJ45/CLKIN port on the SCUb board in slot 6 of the EPS RJ45/CLKIN port on the SCUb board in slot 7 of the EPS RJ45/CLKIN port on the SCUb board in slot 6 of the EPS RJ45/CLKIN port on the SCUb board in slot 7 of the EPS RJ45/CLKIN port on the SCUb board in slot 6 of the EPS Remarks 17 Y-shaped clock signal cable 18 Y-shaped clock signal cable 19 Y-shaped clock signal cable 20 Y-shaped clock signal cable 21 Y-shaped clock signal cable 22 Y-shaped clock signal cable 23 Y-shaped clock signal cable 24 Y-shaped clock signal cable Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. 22 . Ltd.

The number of cables to be installed and their actual installation positions depend on the site planning. l Straight-through cable. 28 Optical cable connecting GOUa/AOUa/ POUa/UOIa/ GOUc/AOUc/ POUc/UOIc board to other devices LC/PC/Optical port on the GOUa/AOUa/ POUa/UOIa/ GOUc/AOUc/ POUc/UOIc board Another device 29-32 Ethernet cable for the OMUc board RJ45/Ethernet port on the OMUc board Another device Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Two to four cables are required. The information here is an example based on overhead cabling.. The information here is an example based on overhead cabling. The information here is an example based on overhead cabling.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 3 Cabinet SN Cable Name Connector Type1/ Connection Position1 RJ45/ CLKOUT9 ports on GCUa/GCGa boards in slots 12 and 13 DB44/Electrical port on the AEUa board Connector Type2/ Connection Position2 RJ45/CLKIN port on the SCUb board in slot 7 of the EPS Another device Remarks 25 Y-shaped clock signal cable 26 Trunk cable connecting AEUa board to other devices Y-shaped trunk cable connecting AEUa board to other devices 27 Y-shaped DB44/ Another device Electrical ports on active and standby AEUa boards Optional. The electrical port on the AEUa board is taken as an example. 23 . l The cable is mandatory. Ltd. The number of optical cables to be installed and their actual installation positions depend on the site planning. Optional.

The connection here is only taken as an example.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 3 Cabinet SN Cable Name Connector Type1/ Connection Position1 RJ45/Ethernet port on the FG2a/FG2c board Connector Type2/ Connection Position2 Another device Remarks 33 Ethernet cable connecting FG2a/ FG2c board to other devices l Optional. NOTE l l The types and number of the interface boards shown in Figure 3-9 are only taken as examples. 3. and monitoring signal cables for the power distribution box. and trunk cables are taken as examples. The installation positions and number of the Ethernet cables. The number of Ethernet cables to be installed and their actual installation positions depend on the site planning. The actual configurations depend on the site planning. Only one monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrack is configured. 24 . l Straight-through cable. The Ethernet cable can be connected to any Ethernet port on the FG2a/ FG2c board. SFP+ highspeed cables.4 Distribution of Signal Cables for the EPR The signal cables for the EPR refer to Ethernet cables. optical cables. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Connections of signal cables for the EPR Figure 3-9 shows the connections of the signal cables for the EPR.. trunk cables.5. optical cables. The actual configurations depend on the site planning. Ltd. 34 Monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrack DB15/ MONITOR 0 port on the independent fan subrack DB9/Monitor port on the rear of the bottom subrack The cable is mandatory and is installed before delivery.

. Ltd. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 3 Cabinet Figure 3-9 Connections of signal cables for the EPR Description About the Connections of Signal Cables for the EPR Table 3-8 describes the connections of signal cables for the EPR. 25 .

BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description

3 Cabinet

Table 3-8 Connections of signal cables for the EPR SN Cable Name Connector Type1/ Connection Position1 DB15/Port connecting the power distribution box to the independent fan subrack Connector Type2/ Connection Position2 DB9/MONITOR 1 port on the independent fan subrack Remarks

1

Monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box

The cable is mandatory and is installed before delivery. Only one monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box is configured. l SFP+ highspeed cable l Installed before delivery

2

SFP+ high-speed cable connecting SCUb boards of different subracks SFP+ high-speed cable connecting SCUb boards of different subracks SFP+ high-speed cable connecting SCUb boards of different subracks SFP+ high-speed cable connecting SCUb boards of different subracks SFP+ high-speed cable connecting SCUb boards of different subracks SFP+ high-speed cable connecting SCUb boards of different subracks SFP+ high-speed cable connecting SCUb boards of different subracks

RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 6 of the EPS RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 7 of the EPS RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 6 of the EPS RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 7 of the EPS RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 6 of the EPS RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 7 of the EPS RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 6 of the EPS

RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 6 of the MPS RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 7 of the MPS RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 7 of the MPS RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 6 of the MPS RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 6 of the MPS RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 7 of the MPS RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 6 of the MPS

3

4

5

6

7

8

Issue Draft A (2012-02-15)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

26

BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description

3 Cabinet

SN

Cable Name

Connector Type1/ Connection Position1 RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 7 of the EPS RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 7 of the EPS RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 6 of the EPS RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 7 of the EPS RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 6 of the EPS RJ45/CLKOUT4 ports on the GCUa/GCGa boards in slots 12 and 13 RJ45/CLKOUT5 ports on the GCUa/GCGa boards in slots 12 and 13 RJ45/CLKOUT6 ports on the GCUa/GCGa boards in slots 12 and 13 RJ45/CLKOUT7 ports on the GCUa/GCGa boards in slots 12 and 13

Connector Type2/ Connection Position2 RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 7 of the MPS RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 6 of the MPS RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 7 of the MPS RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 6 of the MPS RJ45/The 10G port on the SCUb board in slot 7 of the MPS RJ45/CLKIN port on the SCUb board in slot 6 of the EPS

Remarks

9

SFP+ high-speed cable connecting SCUb boards of different subracks SFP+ high-speed cable connecting SCUb boards of different subracks SFP+ high-speed cable connecting SCUb boards of different subracks SFP+ high-speed cable connecting SCUb boards of different subracks SFP+ high-speed cable connecting SCUb boards of different subracks Y-shaped clock signal cable

10

11

12

13

14

15

Y-shaped clock signal cable

RJ45/CLKIN port on the SCUb board in slot 7 of the EPS

Optional. The number of cables to be installed and their actual installation positions depend on the site planning.

16

Y-shaped clock signal cable

RJ45/CLKIN port on the SCUb board in slot 6 of the EPS

17

Y-shaped clock signal cable

RJ45/CLKIN port on the SCUb board in slot 7 of the EPS

Issue Draft A (2012-02-15)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

27

BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description

3 Cabinet

SN

Cable Name

Connector Type1/ Connection Position1 RJ45/CLKOUT8 ports on the GCUa/GCGa boards in slots 12 and 13 RJ45/CLKOUT9 ports on GCUa/ GCGa boards in slots 12 and 13 DB44/Electrical port on the AEUa board Y-shaped DB44/ Electrical ports on active and standby AEUa boards

Connector Type2/ Connection Position2 RJ45/CLKIN port on the SCUb board in slot 6 of the EPS

Remarks

18

Y-shaped clock signal cable

19

Y-shaped clock signal cable

RJ45/CLKIN port on the SCUb board in slot 7 of the EPS Another device Optional. The electrical port on the AEUa board is taken as an example. The number of cables to be installed and their actual installation positions depend on the site planning. The information here is an example based on overhead cabling. Optional. The number of optical cables to be installed and their actual installation positions depend on the site planning. The information here is an example based on overhead cabling.

20

Trunk cable connecting the AEUa board to other devices Y-shaped trunk cable connecting the AEUa board to other devices

21

Another device

22, 23

Optical cable connecting GOUa/ AOUa/POUa/ UOIa/GOUc/ AOUc/POUc/ UOIc board to other devices

Another device LC/PC/Optical port on the GOUa/ AOUa/POUa/ UOIa/GOUc/ AOUc/POUc/ UOIc board

Issue Draft A (2012-02-15)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

28

BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description

3 Cabinet

SN

Cable Name

Connector Type1/ Connection Position1 SMB/2M0 or 2M1 port on the AOUa/ POUa/UOIa/ GOUa/GOUc/ AOUc/POUc/ UOIc/AEUa board

Connector Type2/ Connection Position2 SMB/CLKIN0 or CLKIN1 port on the GCUa/GCGa board in slot 12 or 13 of the MPS

Remarks

24, 25

Line clock signal cable

The cable is optional and is installed only when the cable needs to be led out from the EPS in the EPR. When installed, two to four cables are required. The cable is mandatory and is installed before delivery. Only one monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrack is configured.

26

Monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrack

DB15/MONITOR 0 port on the independent fan subrack

DB9/MONITOR port on the rear of the bottom subrack

Issue Draft A (2012-02-15)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

29

BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description

4 Components of the Cabinet

4
About This Chapter

Components of the Cabinet

Components of the cabinet involve the power distribution box, air defence subrack, rear cable trough, subrack, independent fan subrack, rack. 4.1 Power Distribution Box A power distribution box is installed inside each cabinet at the top. 4.2 Air Defence Subrack The air defence subrack is installed between two subracks. It is used to form a straight-through air channel. The air defence subrack is 1 U in height. 4.3 Rear Cable Trough The rear cable trough is used for routing and binding of the cables of rear boards. Each rear cable trough has three fiber management trays installed at the bottom to coil the optical cables. 4.4 Independent Fan Subrack Besides the fan boxes configured in subracks, the N68E-22 cabinet also has an independent fan subrack configured at the bottom of the cabinet to improve the reliability of heat dissipation.

Issue Draft A (2012-02-15)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

30

l l If you set the mute switch to I.14 PAMU Board. 4. see 6. The front panel of the power distribution box has two LEDs: RUN and ALM.1 Power Distribution Box A power distribution box is installed inside each cabinet at the top. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. indicating that the PAMU board is performing self-check. The mute switch is set to determine whether an audible alarm is generated. the power distribution box generates an audible alarm when it is faulty. The power distribution box provides lightning protection and power surge protection for the four -48 V inputs and supplies two groups of power to the components in the cabinet. The power distribution box also detects the status of input voltage and the output power. Each group has four -48 V outputs and four RTN outputs. the RUN and ALM LEDs display the operating status of the power distribution box. Table 4-1 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the power distribution box. As soon as the self-check is complete. Ltd.1.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 4 Components of the Cabinet 4. When the power distribution box is reset.1 Front Panel of the Power Distribution Box The components on the front panel of the power distribution box are the panel of the Power Allocation Monitoring Unit (PAMU) and the power switches. and generates audible and visual alarms when faults occur. the RUN and ALM LEDs turn off.. If you set the mute switch to O. Figure 4-1 shows the front panel of the power distribution box. the RUN and ALM LEDs turn on at the same time. Then. Figure 4-1 Front panel of the power distribution box (1) Panel of the PAMU board (4) Mute switch NOTE (2) RUN LED (5) Power switches (3) ALM LED (6) Labels for power switches l l For details about the PAMU board. the power distribution box does not generate any audible alarm when it is faulty. 31 .

and a 2-hole ground screw..1. however. Ltd. 32 .25s and OFF for 0. the ALM LED is also ON.25s OFF Description The PAMU board is functional and communicates with the SCUa/SCUb board properly. port used to connect the power distribution box to a subrack.2 Rear Panel of the Power Distribution Box The components on the rear panel of the power distribution box are the power input terminal block. Figure 4-2 Rear panel of the power distribution box (WP1E01DPD) (1) Power input terminal block (4) 2-hole ground screw (2) Power output terminal block (5) J1 port (3) Port used to connect the power distribution box to a subrack (6) J2 port (port used to connect the power distribution box to a EMU) Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. This indicates that the ALM LED is functional. There is no alarm related to the power distribution box. power output terminal block. The PAMU board is not working or it does not communicate with the SCUa/ SCUb board properly.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 4 Components of the Cabinet Table 4-1 LEDs on the front panel of the power distribution box LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0. The power distribution box is faulty. There is no power supply to the PAMU board or the power distribution box does not work properly. During the self-check of the PAMU board. ALM Red OFF ON 4. Figure 4-2 shows the rear panel of the power distribution box.

l On the power output terminal blocks of groups A and B. Group A consists of the power inputs A1+A2 and A3. The maximum rated input current of each route is 100 A.. Table 4-2 Technical specifications of the power distribution box (WP1E01DPD) Item Input Sub-item Rated input voltage Input voltage range Input mode Specification -48 V DC or -60 V DC -40 V DC to -72 V DC Two groups of power inputs: A and B. the wiring terminals for the -48 V power cable and RTN power cable are labeled NEG(-) and RTN(+). l On the power input terminal blocks of groups A and B. and the wiring terminals for the RTN power cable are labeled 3 (+) and 1(+) respectively. Each group has one to four -48 V DC or -60 V DC power outputs. and power input A3 corresponds to power outputs A9 and A10. Table 4-2 describes the technical specifications of the power distribution box.) Max. You need to manually switch on the corresponding circuit breaker after the power surge protection. 9. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Each output is controlled by circuit breakers: A7 to A10 and B7 to B10. Ltd.600 W (Two groups of power outputs: A and B. power inputs A1+A2 correspond to power outputs A1 to A8.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description NOTE 4 Components of the Cabinet l Figure 4-2 shows only the main BSC6900-related ports on the power distribution box. 33 . Each group has one or two -48 V DC or -60 V DC power inputs. Group B consists of the power inputs B1+B2 and B3. respectively. power inputs B1+B2 correspond to power outputs B1 to B8. Output protection specifications Rated output power The power surge protection point is 70 A. Similarly. Each group has two -48 V DC power outputs.1.3 Technical Specifications of the Power Distribution Box This section describes the technical specifications of the input and output power supplies of the power distribution box. 4. for group B. The maximum rated output current of each output is 50 A and that of each group is 100 A. -48 V DC or -60 V DC -40 V DC to -72 V DC Two groups of power outputs: A and B. the wiring terminals for the -48 V power cable are labeled 3(-) and 1(-) respectively. and power input B3 corresponds to power outputs B9 and B10. input current Output Rated output voltage Output voltage range Output mode and current NOTE For group A. These circuit breakers provide the power surge protection function.

B7 4. Ltd.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 4 Components of the Cabinet 4. B8 A9. Figure 4-3 Relation between the power switches and components in the MPR Table 4-3 Relation between the power switches and components in the MPR Component Subrack 2 Subrack 1 Subrack 0 Independent fan subrack Power Switch A8. There is a fixed relation between the eight outputs of the power distribution box and the components of the cabinet. 34 .2 Air Defence Subrack The air defence subrack is installed between two subracks. Table 4-3 describes the relation between the eight power switches on the power distribution box and the components in the MPR.1.. B10 A7.4 Distribution of Power Switches on the Power Distribution Box The power distribution box of the cabinet has 20 (10 x 2) power outputs. It is used to form a straight-through air channel. B9 A10. Figure 4-3 shows the relation between the eight power switches on the power distribution box and the components in the MPR. The air defence subrack is 1 U in height. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

Figure 4-5 shows the rear cable trough.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 4 Components of the Cabinet Physical appearance Figure 4-4 shows the air defence subrack.3 Rear Cable Trough The rear cable trough is used for routing and binding of the cables of rear boards.4 Independent Fan Subrack Besides the fan boxes configured in subracks. 35 . Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. Figure 4-5 Rear cable trough 4. Each rear cable trough has three fiber management trays installed at the bottom to coil the optical cables. 4..45 mm (height) x 436 mm (width) x 476. the N68E-22 cabinet also has an independent fan subrack configured at the bottom of the cabinet to improve the reliability of heat dissipation. Figure 4-4 Air defence subrack Dimensions The dimensions of the air defence subrack are 44.1 mm (depth).

maximum power consumption. 36 .BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 4 Components of the Cabinet 4. fan box. For details on the PFCU board. and the rear panel. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.16 PFCU Board. used to connect to subracks (5) Monitor 3 Port (Reserved) (3) Monitor 2 Port (Reserved) 4. and Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC).. see 6. power supply. Front View of the Independent Fan Subrack Figure 4-6 Front view of the independent fan subrack (1) PFCU board (4) Screw (2) Fans (5) LED on the fan box (3) Handle of the independent fan subrack NOTE The PFCU is the control unit of the fan box.2 Technical Specifications of the Independent Fan Subrack The technical specifications of the independent fan subrack refer to the dimensions. Ltd.4. fan speed. Rear View of the Independent Fan Subrack Figure 4-7 Rear view of the independent fan subrack (1) Monitor 1 Port.4.1 Appearance of the Independent Fan Subrack The independent fan subrack is composed of the front panel. weight. Table 4-4 describes the technical specifications of the independent fan subrack. used to connect to the power (2) Power input port distribution box (4) Monitor 0 Port.

BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 4 Components of the Cabinet Table 4-4 Technical specifications of the independent fan subrack Item Dimensions Weight Power supply Maximum power consumption Fan speed EMC Specification 86.4 kg..1 (2000-03). ≤ 150 W < 5.1 mm (height) x 436 mm (width) x 480 mm (depth) Empty subrack: ≤ 2. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.0 m/s Meets the requirements in ETSI EN300 386 V1. The input voltage ranges from -40 V DC to -60 V DC. 37 .2. subrack with fan boxes: ≤ 6. Ltd.9 kg -48 V DC.

This section describes the typical configurations of these subracks. and power consumption in full configuration. Each slot provides a different switching bandwidth. 5.. Check the bandwidth of the slot before installing a board. slots. 5. subracks are classified into the main processing subrack (MPS) and extended processing subrack (EPS). 38 . weight. 5. and backplane. and the boards are installed on the front and rear sides of the backplane. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 5.7 Technical Specifications of the Subrack The technical specifications of the subrack refer to the dimensions of the subrack.3 Fan Box (Configured with the PFCU Board) This section shows the appearance of the fan box and location of the LEDs on the fan box when the fan box is configured with the PFCU board. front cable trough. 5.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 5 Subracks 5 About This Chapter Subracks This chapter describes subracks. 5.6 Configuration of the Subrack BSC6900 subracks are classified into the MPS and EPS.1 Classification of Subracks Based on functions.2 Components of the Subrack The main components of the subrack are the fan box. Subracks are used to house boards and backplanes to form an independent unit. 5. available space height. Ltd.4 Slots in the Subrack The backplane is positioned in the center of the subrack. This also describes the technical specifications of the fan box.5 DIP Switch on the Subrack The DIP switch on a subrack is used to set the number of the subrack. A board must be installed in a slot with enough bandwidth.

front cable trough. Only one MPS is configured in the BSC6900. the EPS is configured in the MPR or EPR. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. each subrack is 19 inches in width and 12 U in height. subracks are classified into the main processing subrack (MPS) and extended processing subrack (EPS). the MPS is configured in the MPR. 39 . It processes the basic services of the BSC6900. Ltd. slots.. and backplane. 5. The MPS processes the basic services of the BSC6900. Structure of the Subrack In compliance with the IEC60297 standard. Figure 5-1 shows the construction of the subrack with the front and rear views of the component layouts of the subrack. MPS As the main processing subrack.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 5 Subracks 5. EPS As the extended processing subrack.1 Classification of Subracks Based on functions.2 Components of the Subrack The main components of the subrack are the fan box. performs operation and maintenance. and provides clock signals for the system.

. 40 .BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 5 Subracks Figure 5-1 Construction of the subrack (1) Fan box (4) Front cable trough (2) Mounting ear (5) Boards (3) Guide rail (6) Ground screw Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.

and handles.4 Slots in the Subrack The front cable trough is used to lead the cables from the front of the subrack to both sides of the cabinet.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description (7) DC power input port (8) Port for the monitoring signal cable of the power distribution box 5 Subracks (9) Cover plate of the DIP switch Components Table 5-1 describes the components of the subrack. Fan Box 5. Appearance of Fan Box (Configured with the PFCU Board) The fan box consists of the fans.3 Fan Box (Configured with the PFCU Board) This section shows the appearance of the fan box and location of the LEDs on the fan box when the fan box is configured with the PFCU board. 41 . The backplane is used to connect the boards in the same subrack.. Table 5-1 Components of the subrack Component Fan box Slots in the subrack Front cable trough Refer to. This also describes the technical specifications of the fan box.. Backplane 5. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Ltd. Figure 5-2 shows the fan box. LED. board.

Table 5-2 LED on the fan box (configured with the PFCU board) Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0. It provides power supply for nine fans and keeps the voltage stable through a stabilizing tube. to ensure normal operation of the fans. Ltd. LED on the Fan Box (Configured with the PFCU Board) The LED on the fan box blinks red or green. 42 . indicating different working status of the fan box.16 PFCU Board. For details on the PFCU board.25s and OFF for 0. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.25s Description The fan box works normally (the fan box is registered). The fan box works normally (the fan box is not registered).. see 6.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 5 Subracks Figure 5-2 Fan box (configured with the PFCU board) (1) Power unit of the fan box (4) LED on the fan box (2) Fans (5) Screws (3) PFCU board (6) Handles of the fan box NOTE l The power unit is inserted into the rear part of the fan box. l The PFCU board is the control unit of the fan box. Table 5-2 describes the different meanings that the LED indicates.

When the fan box is not registered. the communication between the fan box and the SCUa/SCUb board in the same subrack is not established. Technical Specifications of the Fan Box (Configured with the PFCU Board) The technical specifications of the fan box refer to the space height. Table 5-3 Technical specifications of the fan box (configured with the PFCU board) Item Space height Input voltage range Maximum power Detectable temperature range Requirement for fan speed adjustment Specification 1. 43 . Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and requirement for fan speed adjustment. maximum power. Table 5-3 lists the technical specifications of the fan box. voltage.25s The fan box is not registered and has one of the following problems: l One-way power supply to the subrack l Fans ceasing to run or running at a too low speed l Fan box in an excessively high temperature or temperature sensor failure NOTE When the fan box is registered. Ltd.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 5 Subracks Color Red Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s Description The fan box is registered and has one of the following problems: l One-way power supply to the subrack l Communication failure l Fans ceasing to run or running at too low a speed l Fan box in an excessively high temperature or temperature sensor failure ON for 0. detectable temperature range.5 U (1 U = 44.45 mm) -42 V DC to -60 V DC 150 W -5°C to 55°C The speed of the fans can be adjusted from 55% to 100% of the full speed..25s and OFF for 0. the communication between the fan box and the SCUa/SCUb board in the same subrack is established.

A pair of active and standby boards must be installed in a pair of active and standby slots. such as slot 00 and slot 01 or slot 02 and slot 03. if slot 00 is configured with the SPUa board. if slot 08 is configured with the DPUb board. the fans in the subrack run at full speed for a short period. Structure of the Subrack Figure 5-3 shows the structure of the subrack. 5. l If the boards are in resource pool mode. Figure 5-3 Structure of the subrack (1) Front slot (2) Backplane (3) Rear slot NOTE l Each subrack provides a total of 28 slots. slot 02 and slot 03 can be configured with SPUb boards. For example. Ltd. For example. The 14 slots on the front side of the backplane are numbered from 00 to 13. l Different types of boards can be installed in all slots other than active/standby slots. then slot 01 must be configured with the SPUa board and slot 01 cannot be configured with the SPUb board. Check the bandwidth of the slot before installing a board. For example.4 Slots in the Subrack The backplane is positioned in the center of the subrack. This is the normal condition during system startup. 44 . Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. A board must be installed in a slot with enough bandwidth. l Two neighboring slots. can be configured as a pair of active/standby slots. 5. if slot 00 and slot 01 are configured with SPUa boards. when a subrack is reset. slot 09 can be configured with the DPUe board.5 DIP Switch on the Subrack The DIP switch on a subrack is used to set the number of the subrack. and those on the rear side from 14 to 27. or when the BSC6900 is upgraded..BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description NOTE 5 Subracks When the BSC6900 is powered on. then they can be installed in active/standby slots. Each slot provides a different switching bandwidth. and the boards are installed on the front and rear sides of the backplane.

If the bit is set to OFF. it indicates 1.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 5 Subracks Location of the DIP Switch The DIP switch is located on the lower back of the subrack. see 5.. The higher the bit is. Figure 5-4 Cover plate for the DIP switch on the subrack Description about the DIP Switch The DIP switch on the subrack has eight bits numbered in ascending order from 1 to 8. Bit 1 is the least significant bit. Table 5-4 describes the bits. Table 5-4 Description about the bits Bit 1-5 Description Bits 1 to 5 are used for setting the subrack number. generally set to ON Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Appearance Figure 5-4 shows the cover plate for the DIP switch on the subrack.2 Components of the Subrack. it indicates 0. Ltd. undefined. If the bit is set to ON. Odd parity check bit Reserved. 45 6 7 Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) . For details on the location of the DIP switch. the more significant it is.

Set bit 1 to bit 5 as required. Set bit 8 to OFF. 46 . l If the number of 1s is even. set bit 6 to OFF. Set bit 7 to ON. 3. Table 5-5 describes the setting of the DIP switch in the case. Ltd. 0 Bit 1 0 ON 1 1 OFF 2 0 ON 3 1 OFF 4 0 ON 5 1 OFF 2 0 ON 0 ON 1 OFF 1 OFF 0 ON 0 ON 3 0 ON 0 ON 0 ON 0 ON 1 OF F 1 OF F 4 0 ON 0 ON 0 ON 0 ON 0 ON 0 ON 5 0 ON 0 ON 0 ON 0 ON 0 ON 0 ON 6 0 ON 1 OFF 1 OFF 0 ON 1 OFF 0 ON 7 0 ON 0 ON 0 ON 0 ON 0 ON 0 ON 8 1 OFF 1 OFF 1 OFF 1 OFF 1 OFF 1 OFF Setting of the DIP Switch Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The method for setting the bits is as follows: 1. 2.. set bit 6 to ON. 4. Table 5-5 Setting of the DIP switch Subr ack No.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 5 Subracks Bit 8 (the most significant bit) Description Startup type of the subrack. the number of 1s in the eight bits must be an odd number. generally set to OFF Principle of the DIP Switch Setting As the DIP switch uses odd parity check. l If the number of 1s is odd. Check the number of 1s in the seven bits of the DIP switch.

2 Configuration of the EPS The EPS is configured in the MPR or EPR. AOUa/AOUc board. FG2a/FG2c board. GCGa board. or GOUa/GOUc board. PEUa board. PEUa board. SPUa/SPUb board. POUa/ POUc board. and how to maintain the SAU board. PEUa board. FG2a/FG2c board.1 Configuration of the MPS The MPS is configured in the MPR. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The BSC6900 cabinet can be configured with zero to five EPSs. This section describes the typical configurations of these subracks. AOUa/AOUc board. SCUb board. AOUa/AOUc board. 5. and GOUa/GOUc board. POUa/POUc board. 47 . AEUa board. and GOUa/GOUc board. AEUa board.6. Each BSC6900 cabinet must be configured with one MPS. 5. Figure 5-5 shows the MPS in full configuration.6 Configuration of the Subrack BSC6900 subracks are classified into the MPS and EPS. For details on how to install the software on the SAU board. POUa/POUc board. DPUb/DPUe board. DPUb/DPUe board. customers need to install the SAU board in the MPS or EPS of the BSC6900 cabinet (the SAU board occupies two slots that work in active/standby mode). l The INT2 board (interface board) can be the AEUa board. Ltd. UOIa/UOIc board. UOIa/ UOIc board. PEUa board. see the SAU User Guide of Nastar documents.6. GCUa board. The boards that can be installed in the EPS are the SCUb board. Figure 5-5 MPS in full configuration NOTE l The INT1 board (interface board) can be the AEUa board. l If customers purchase also the Nastar product of Huawei. SPUa/SPUb board. FG2a/FG2c board. The boards that can be installed in the MPS are the OMUc board.. UOIa/UOIc board. AOUa/AOUc board.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 5 Subracks 5. POUa/POUc board.

Table 5-6 Technical specifications of the subrack Item Dimensions Available space height Weight Specification 530. 48 . or GOUa/GOUc board. 5. AOUa/AOUc board. POUa/ POUc board. PEUa board. For details on how to install the software on the SAU board.45 mm = 1. customers need to install the SAU board in the MPS or EPS of the BSC6900 cabinet (the SAU board occupies two slots that work in active/standby mode). l The INT2 board (interface board) can be the AEUa board. and how to maintain the SAU board. l If customers purchase also the Nastar product of Huawei. UOIa/UOIc board. see the SAU User Guide of Nastar documents. subrack configured with boards: ≤ 57 kg Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 5 Subracks Figure 5-6 shows the EPS in full configuration. available space height. Table 5-6 describes the technical specifications of the subrack. PEUa board.6 mm (height) x 436 mm (width) x 480 mm (depth) 12 U (1 U = 44. AOUa/AOUc board. Figure 5-6 EPS in full configuration NOTE l The INT1 board (interface board) can be the AEUa board. FG2a/FG2c board. Ltd. and power consumption in full configuration. POUa/POUc board.7 Technical Specifications of the Subrack The technical specifications of the subrack refer to the dimensions of the subrack.75 inches) Empty subrack: 25 kg. weight..

.490 W – EPS: ≤ 1.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 5 Subracks Item Power consumption in full configuration Specification l In the case of ATM transmission – MPS: ≤ 1.730 W l In the case of IP transmission – MPS: ≤ 1. Ltd.700 W – EPS: ≤ 1.310 W Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 49 .

the SPUa board can be used as the XPUa board. and UMTS service boards need to be configured in the same way as the replaced boards. However. However. Ltd. However. When Logic function type is set to GCP. The SPUa board can replace the XPUa board. However. However. The specifications of the SPUa board are the same as those of the XPUa board when the SPUa board serves as the GSM signaling processing board. l l When Logic function type is set to RGCP. The DPUb board can replace the DPUc board. the DPUg board cannot replace the DPUe board. l l l l l Boards Some UMTS service boards can replace the GSM service boards. the GSM service boards cannot replace the UMTS service boards. Table 6-1 describes the BSC6900 boards. You can configure the SPUa board by running the ADD BRD command. the DPUd board cannot replace the DPUb board. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the XPUb board cannot replace the SPUb board. 50 . The BSC6900 boards perform different functions through the loading of different software. the DPUc board cannot replace the DPUb board. NOTE For example.. the SPUa board serves as the non-main control XPUa board. However. when the SPUa board replaces the XPUa board. The DPUe board can replace the DPUg board. the specifications of UMTS service boards are the same as the replaced boards.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards 6 About This Chapter This chapter describes the boards supported by the BSC6900. the XPUa board cannot replace the SPUa board. The SPUb board can replace the XPUb board. the SPUa board serves as the main control XPUa board. The DPUb board can replace the DPUd board. When UMTS service boards replace GSM service boards.

. and Iub Iu. and Iub Iu. and Iu Iub and Iu Iub and Iu Iub and Iu Iub and Iu Iub and Iu Iub and Iu Iub and Iu Iub and Iu - Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and Iub Iu. Iur. Iur. Iur. and Iub Iub Iub Iub - Iub. Iur. Ltd. Iur. Iur.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Table 6-1 Classification of BSC6900 boards Board s Logical Function Interface Supported Shared by Backplane Bandwidth of the Board When the SCUa Board Is Installed in the Same Subrack 2 GE 2 GE 4 GE 2 GE 4 GE 2 GE 4 GE 2 GE 2 GE 2 GE 4 GE 2 GE 2 GE 2 GE 2 GE 2 GE 4 GE 2 GE Backplane Bandwidth of the Board When the SCUb Board Is Installed in the Same Subrack 2 GE 2 GE 4 GE 2 GE 4 GE 2 GE 20 GE 2 GE 2 GE 2 GE 20 GE 2 GE 2 GE 20 GE 2 GE 2 GE 20 GE 2 GE AEUa AOUa AOUc DPUb DPUe FG2a FG2c GCUa GCGa GOUa GOUc NIUa OMUa OMUc PEUa POUa POUc SCUa SCUb SPUa ATM ATM ATM UUP (UMTS RNC user plane processing) UUP (UMTS RNC user plane processing) IP IP Clock Clock with GPS IP IP NIU (Network Intelligence Unit) OAM (OM management) OAM (OM management) IP IP IP MAC Switching MAC Switching UCP (UMTS RNC control plane processing) Iub Iub Iub Iu. and Iu Iub. 51 .

For the MPS. the AEUa board can be installed in slots 14 to 23. and Iub Iu. For the MPS. The AEUa board is optional.5 DPUe Board Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the AOUc board can be installed in slots 14 to 27. the AEUa board can be installed in slots 14 to 27. The DPUb board is optional. The AOUa board is optional. The number of AEUa boards to be installed depends on site requirements. For the EPS.2 AOUa Board AOUa refers to 2-port ATM over channelized Optical STM-1/OC-3 interface Unit REV:a. Iur. and Iub Iub. Ltd. The number of AOUa boards to be installed depends on site requirements. the AOUc board can be installed in slots 14 to 23. Iur.3 AOUc Board AOUc refers to 4-port ATM over channelized Optical STM-1/OC-3 interface Unit REV:c. 6. For the MPS. two to fifteen DPUb boards can be installed in slots 0 to 5. It can be installed either in the MPS or in the EPS. It can be installed in the MPS and in the EPS. and Iu Iub and Iu 2 GE 4 GE 2 GE 20 GE 2 GE 4 GE 6. The number of AOUc boards to be installed depends on site requirements.1 AEUa Board AEUa refers to 32-port ATM over E1/T1/J1 interface Unit REV:a. 6. It can be installed either in the MPS or in the EPS. 6. The AOUc board is optional.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Board s Logical Function Interface Supported Shared by Backplane Bandwidth of the Board When the SCUa Board Is Installed in the Same Subrack Backplane Bandwidth of the Board When the SCUb Board Is Installed in the Same Subrack RUCP (Resource management and UMTS RNC control plane processing) SPUb UCP (UMTS RNC control plane processing) RUCP (Resource management and UMTS RNC control plane processing) UOIa UOIc PAMU PFCU ATM ATM Iu. For the EPS. 52 . and slots 14 to 23.. For the EPS. For the MPS. Iur.4 DPUb Board DPUb refers to Data Processing Unit REV:b. the AOUa board can be installed in slots 14 to 27. 6. the AOUa board can be installed in slots 14 to 23. slots 8 to 11. slots 8 to 27. For the EPS. two to fifteen DPUb boards can be installed in slots 0 to 5.

The board can be installed in slots 0 to 5. For the EPS. and slots 26 and 27.11 NIUa Board NIUa refers to Network Intelligence Unit REV:a. slots 20 to 23.14 PAMU Board Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.10 GOUc Board GOUc refers to 4-port packet over GE Optical interface Unit REV:c.13 OMUc Board OMUc refers to Operation and Maintenance Unit REV:c. slots 8 to 27.8 GCUa and GCGa Board GCUa refers to General Clock Unit REV:a. The width of the OMUa board is twice the width of other boards. and slots 8 to 27. For the MPS. or slots 24 to 27 in the MPS at the bottom of the MPR. one OMUa board occupies two slots. It can be installed in the MPS and in the EPS. It can be installed either in the MPS or in the EPS. When the MPS/EPS is configured with the SCUa board. The number of FG2a boards to be installed depends on site requirements. one to five NIUa boards can be installed in slots 0 to 5. For the EPS. For the MPS. EPS. When the MPS/EPS is configured with the SCUa board. 6. The OMUc boards can be installed in slots 0 to 5. It can be installed in the MPS. The GOUa board is optional. or slots 24 to 27 in the MPS at the bottom of the MPR. For the MPS. One or two OMUa boards must be configured in the BSC6900. Slots 24 to 25 are recommended.6 FG2a Board FG2a refers to 8-port FE or 2-port electronic GE interface unit REV:a. The NIUa board is optional. 6. The GCUa/GCGa board is mandatory. The DPUe board is optional. the FG2c board can be installed in slots 4 to 5 and 14 to 23 in the MPS/EPS.7 FG2c Board FG2c refers to 12-port FE or 4-port electronic GE interface unit REV:c. one to six NIUa boards can be installed in slots 0 to 5. The GOUc board is optional. 6. When the MPS/EPS is configured with the SCUb board. GCGa refers to General Clock Unit with GPS REV:a. Two GCUa/GCGa boards must be installed in slots 12 and 13 in the MPS. It can be installed in the MPS and in the EPS. the GOUa board can be installed in slots 4 to 5 and 14 to 23. two to fifteen DPUe boards can be installed in slots 0 to 5. The number of GOUa boards to be installed depends on site requirements. 6. For the EPS. 14 to 23. 6. two to fifteen DPUe boards can be installed in slots 0 to 5. the GOUa board can be installed in slots 4 to 5 and 14 to 27. 6. A pair of active/standby OMUc boards must be configured. 6. and slots 14 to 23.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards DPUe refers to Data Processing Unit REV:e. The FG2c board is optional.. Therefore. The number of GOUc boards to be installed depends on site requirements. the FG2a board can be installed in slots 4 to 5 and 14 to 27. the GOUc board can be installed in slots 4 to 5 and 14 to 27 in the MPS/EPS. slots 8 to 11. For the MPS. the GOUc board can be installed in slots 4 to 5 and 14 to 23 in the MPS/EPS. The FG2a board is optional. The number of FG2c boards to be installed depends on site requirements. the FG2c board can be installed in slots 4 to 5 and 14 to 27 in the MPS/EPS. 6. For the EPS. slots 20 to 23. slots 8 to 11. the FG2a board can be installed in slots 4 to 5 and 14 to 23. Ltd. The OMUa board can be installed in slots 20 to 23 in inventory sites and in slots 24 to 27 in new sites. When the MPS/ EPS is configured with the SCUb board.12 OMUa Board OMUa refers to Operation and Maintenance Unit REV:a. 53 .9 GOUa Board GOUa refers to 2-port packet over GE Optical interface Unit REV:a. 6.

6. the PEUa board can be installed in slots 4 to 5 and 14 to 23. Two SCUa boards must be installed in slots 6 and 7 in the MPS/EPS. 7. For the MPS. The SAUa board can be installed in the slots except slots 6. the SPUa boards can be installed in slots 0 to 5. The SAUc board can be installed in the slots except slots 6. One SAUa board occupies two slots. The number of POUa boards to be installed depends on site requirements. slots 8 to 11. 6. The PAMU board is installed in the power distribution box at the top of the cabinet. Two SCUb boards must be installed in slots 6 and 7 in the MPS/EPS. the POUa board can be installed in slots 14 to 23. The number of POUc boards to be installed depends on site requirements. The number of PEUa boards to be installed depends on site requirements. For the EPS. 6. For the MPS. For the MPS/EPS/TCS.23 SPUa Board SPUa refers to Signaling Processing Unit REV:a.17 POUa Board POUa refers to 2-port IP over channelized Optical STM-1/OC-3 interface Unit REV:a. Ltd. For the EPS. the POUc board can be installed in slots 4 to 5 and 14 to 23. For the MPS. slots 8 to 11. 7. The PFCU board is installed in the front of the fan box.21 SCUa Board SCUa refers to GE Switching network and Control Unit REV:a. Rear slots of the MPS are recommended. 6. 54 .24 SPUb Board SPUb refers to Signaling Processing Unit REV:b. The SPUa board is optional.. The SAUa board is twice the width of other boards. When the MPS/EPS/TCS is configured with the SCUa board. the SPUb boards can be installed in slots 0 to 5. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Two to eighteen SPUa boards can be installed in the MPS/EPS. Each power distribution box accommodates one PAMU board.18 POUc Board POUc refers to 4-port IP over channelized Optical STM-1/OC-3 interface Unit REV:c. 6. The POUa board is optional. 6.22 SCUb Board SCUb refers to GE Switching network and Control Unit REV:b. Two to eighteen SPUb boards can be installed in the MPS and in the EPS. and 13 in the MPS. When the MPS/EPS/TCS is configured with the SCUb board. It can be installed either in the MPS or in the EPS. 12. The SCUa board is mandatory.15 PEUa Board PEUa refers to 32-port Packet over E1/T1/J1 interface Unit REV:a. or installed in the slots except slots 6 and 7 on the lowest EPS of the EPR. The SPUb board is optional. For the MPS. slots 14 to 23. The POUc board is optional. For the EPS. slots 26 to 27. the POUc board can be installed in slots 4 to 5 and 14 to 27. and 13 in the MPS. the PEUa board can be installed in slots 4 to 5 and 14 to 27. 6. 12. slots 14 to 23 and slots 26 to 27. 6. 6. 6. slots 8 to 27. It can be installed either in the MPS or in the EPS. The PEUa board is optional.20 SAUc Board SAUc refers to Service Aware Unit REV:c.19 SAUa Board SAUa (Service Aware Unit REV:a): SAUa refers to the Service Aware Unit REV:a. the SPUb boards can be installed in slots 0 to 5 and slots 8 to 27. Each fan box is configured with one PFCU board.16 PFCU Board PFCU refers to Fan Control Unit. Rear slots of the MPS are recommended. the POUa board can be installed in slots 14 to 27. The SCUb board is mandatory. For the EPS. the SPUa boards can be installed in slots 0 to 5. It can be installed in the MPS/EPS/TCS.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards PAMU refers to Power Allocation Monitoring Unit.

When the MPS/EPS is configured with the SCUa board.. It can be installed either in the MPS or in the EPS. 55 . For the EPS. The UOIa board is optional. 6. For the MPS. the UOIc board can be installed in slots 16 to 27 in the MPS/EPS.26 UOIc Board UOIc refers to 8-port ATM over Unchannelized Optical STM-1/OC-3c Interface unit REV:c. The number of UOIc boards to be installed depends on site requirements. When the MPS/ EPS is configured with the SCUb board. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the UOIc board can be installed in slots 16 to 23 in the MPS/EPS. The UOIc board is optional.25 UOIa Board UOIa refers to 4-port ATM over Unchannelized Optical STM-1/OC-3c Interface unit REV:a. the UOIa board can be installed in slots 14 to 23. Ltd. the UOIa board can be installed in slots 14 to 27. It can be installed in the MPS and in the EPS. The number of UOIa boards to be installed depends on site requirements.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards 6.

2 Panel of the AEUa Board There are LEDs and ports on the panel of the AEUa board. The number of AEUa boards to be installed depends on site requirements.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards 6.. the AEUa board can be installed in slots 14 to 27. NOTE l If the OMUa boards are not installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS. 6.1. 56 . Ltd. l If the OMUc boards are not installed in slots 24 to 25 of the MPS. The AEUa board performs the following functions: l l l l l l Provides 32 channels of ATM over E1s/T1s/J1s Provides 32 IMA groups or 32 UNI links Supports the Iub interfaces Provides the fractional ATM and the fractional IMA functions Supports the timeslot cross-connection function Receives clock signals from the Iu interface and transmits clock signals to the GCUa/GCGa board 6. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. For the MPS. the AEUa board supports ATM over E1/T1/J1 transmission. the AEUa board can be installed in slots 14 to 23. It can be installed either in the MPS or in the EPS.1.1 Functions of the AEUa Board As an interface board. the AEUa boards can be installed in slots 24 to 25 of the MPS.1 AEUa Board AEUa refers to 32-port ATM over E1/T1/J1 interface Unit REV:a. The AEUa board is optional. Figure 6-1 shows the panel of the AEUa board. For the EPS. the AEUa boards can be installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS.

1. Table 6-2 LEDs on the AEUa board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0. . Ltd.125s ON OFF Description The board is functional. There is power supply. but the board is faulty. or the board is faulty. ALM.3 LEDs on the AEUa Board There are three LEDs on the AEUa board: RUN. There is no power supply. 57 Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. and ACT.125s and OFF for 0. The board is in loading state.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Figure 6-1 Panel of the AEUa board 6. Table 6-2 describes the LEDs on the AEUa board.

Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. S4. Table 6-3 describes the ports on the AEUa board. used to transmit and receive E1/ T1 signals on channels 16-23 E1/T1 port. Layout of the DIP Switches Figure 6-2 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the AEUa board. and S10. used to transmit and receive E1/ T1 signals on channels 8-15 E1/T1 port.1.4 Ports on the AEUa Board There are four E1/T1 ports and two clock signal output ports on the AEUa board. used to transmit and receive E1/ T1 signals on channels 24-31 Ports for 2 MHz clock signal outputs Connector Type DB44 DB44 DB44 DB44 SMB male connector 6.1. ACT Green ON OFF 6.. The board is in standby mode. S2. namely. The board is in active mode. Table 6-3 Ports on the AEUa board Port E1/T1 (0-7) E1/T1 (8-15) E1/T1 (16-23) E1/T1 (24-31) 2M0 and 2M1 Function E1/T1 port.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards LED ALM Color Red Status OFF ON or blinking Description There is no alarm.5 DIP Switches on the AEUa Board The AEUa board provides five DIP switches. S6. 58 . There is a fault alarm. used to transmit and receive E1/ T1 signals on channels 0-7 E1/T1 port. S8.

Ltd. 59 ..BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Figure 6-2 Layout of the DIP switches on the AEUa board (1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

that is. As shown in Figure 6-2. S4. or J1 mode. S6. T1 mode. To set the bits of S10 to ON. or T1 mode. S8. When you run the SET E1T1 command to set the support for balanced and unbalanced modes parameter to No and set the working mode of S10 to E1. If there is any inconsistency between the physical setting of S10 on the AEUa board and the setting of S10 by command. turn them inwards. turn them outwards. l DIP switches S2. S4. S6. To set the bits of S2. Table 6-4 describes S2. turn them inwards. S6. DIP switch S10 is located in the right corner of the subboard. l You can also run the SET E1T1 command on the LMT to set S10. and S8 on the AEUa board are used to enable or disable the grounding of 0 to 31 E1s/T1/J1s at the TX end. By default. S8. Table 6-4 Description of the DIP switches on the AEUa board DIP Switch S2 Bit 1-8 Description TX ground switch of E1s/T1s/J1s 24 to 31 Setting of DIP Bit ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON Meaning Set the working mode to E1 unbalanced mode Set the working mode to other modes Set the working mode to E1 unbalanced mode Set the working mode to other modes Set the working mode to E1 unbalanced mode Set the working mode to other modes Set the working mode to E1 unbalanced mode S4 1-8 TX ground switch of E1s/T1s/J1s 16 to 23 S6 1-8 TX ground switch of E1s/T1s/J1s 0 to 7 S8 1-8 TX ground switch of E1s/T1s/J1s 8 to 15 Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. that is. the signals are transmitted through the 75-ohm coaxial cable and the TX end of the cable is grounded. there are two square holes between DIP switches. and the other between S8 and S6. E1 unbalanced mode. If signals are transmitted in E1(T1) balanced mode. S4. To set the bits of S2. S4. and S10 are set from the side. the corresponding DIP bit is set to ON. l If signals are transmitted in E1 unbalanced mode.. The front panel is combined with the bottom plate. E1 unbalanced mode. the working mode of S10 is set to E1. Ltd. one between S2 and S4. so the DIP switches are not exposed. and S10. the signals are transmitted through the 120-ohm twisted pair cable and the TX end of the cable is not grounded. or S8 to ON. and thus you can set S10 along the side. S6. S8. the corresponding DIP bit is set to OFF. S4. take the setting by command as the criterion. you can set S2. turn them outwards. Through the two holes. Description of the DIP Switches DIP switches S2. or S8 to OFF. you must also manually set the bits of S10 to set the working mode of S10 to E1 balanced mode or E1 unbalanced mode.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description NOTE 6 Boards l All DIP switches are on the front panel of the sub-board. S6. DIP switch S10 is used to set the working mode to E1 balanced mode. The direction of the arrow in Figure 6-2 is to turn inwards. 60 . and S6. You can also run the SET E1T1 command on the LMT to change the working mode of S10 from E1 mode to E1 balanced mode. To set the bits of S10 to OFF. S4.

Table 6-5 Hardware specifications of the AEUa board Item Dimensions Power supply Specification 248 mm x 32. ON) (ON.87 W 1.4 mm Two -48 V DC working in active/standby mode.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards DIP Switch Bit Description Setting of DIP Bit OFF Meaning Set the working mode to other modes Set the working mode to E1 unbalanced mode Set the working mode to E1 balanced mode Set the working mode to T1 mode Set the working mode to J1 mode S10 1-2 DIP switch for setting the working mode. 27. operating temperature.1.6 Technical Specifications of the AEUa Board The technical specifications of the AEUa board consist of hardware specifications and specifications of the board processing capability. power supply. weight. The hardware specifications consist of the dimensions. power consumption.3 mm x 395. consisting of two bits (ON..20 kg 0°C to 45°C -5°C to +55°C 5% to 85% 5% to 95% Power consumption Weight Operating temperature (long-term) Operating temperature (short-term) Relative humidity (long-term) Relative humidity (short-term) Table 6-6 describes the specifications of the board processing capability. Ltd. 61 . OFF) 6. OFF) (OFF. The backplane of the subrack is responsible for the power supply. Table 6-5 describes the hardware specifications of the AEUa board. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ON) (OFF. and relative humidity.

6. the AOUa board supports ATM over channelized STM-1/OC-3 transmission.800 Erlang 680 Erlang 45 Mbit/s 45 Mbit/s 90 Mbit/s NOTE l The preceding specifications are the maximum capability regarding the corresponding service. The AOUa board is optional. Ltd. 6. 62 .1 Functions of the AOUa Board As an optical interface board.2 AOUa Board AOUa refers to 2-port ATM over channelized Optical STM-1/OC-3 interface Unit REV:a. the AOUa boards can be installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS. l The throughput specifications are based on the conditions of UL 64 kbit/s and DL 384 kbit/s. l The data service in the CS domain indicates the 64 kbit/s video phone service. The AOUa board performs the following functions: Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l The Iur-interface service processing specifications of the board are the same as its Iub-interface service processing specifications. l If the OMUc boards are not installed in slots 24 to 25 of the MPS. the AOUa board can be installed in slots 14 to 27. For the EPS. It can be installed either in the MPS or in the EPS. For the MPS. The number of AOUa boards to be installed depends on site requirements. the AOUa board can be installed in slots 14 to 23. the AOUa boards can be installed in slots 24 to 25 of the MPS. NOTE l If the OMUa boards are not installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS.2.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Table 6-6 Specifications of the board processing capability Item Number of channel identifiers(CIDs) Session setup/release times Iub Number of NodeBs Speech service in the CS domain Data service in the CS domain Maximum payload throughput (UL) Maximum payload throughput (DL) Maximum payload throughput (UL+DL) Specification 23.000 500/s 32 2.. l The number of session setup/release times indicates the signaling processing capacity of an Iub/Iu/Iurinterface board.

Ltd. 63 ..BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards l l l l l Provides two channels over channelized optical STM-1/OC-3 ports based on ATM Provides the AAL2 switching function Provides the IMA and the UNI functions Supports the Iub interfaces Supports the extraction of line clock signals 6. Figure 6-3 Panel of the AOUa board Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.2.2 Panel of the AOUa Board There are LEDs and ports on the panel of the AOUa board. Figure 6-3 shows the panel of the AOUa board.

Ltd.2. There is no power supply. There is a fault alarm. There is power supply.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards 6. ALM. 64 . or the board is faulty. The board is in active mode. Table 6-7 LEDs on the AOUa board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0. and ACT. The board is in standby mode. Table 6-8 describes the ports on the AOUa board.2. Table 6-8 Ports on the AOUa board Port Location Port Function Connecto r Type Multiplexin g E1 Port Number 0 to 62 Multiple xing T1 Port Number 0 to 83 The first port under LEDs RX TX Receiving optical port Transmitting optical port Receiving optical port Transmitting optical port LC/PC The second port under LEDs RX TX LC/PC 63 to 125 84 to 167 Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. but the board is faulty. The board is in loading state. 6. Table 6-7 describes the LEDs on the AOUa board.4 Ports on the AOUa Board There are two optical ports and two clock signal output ports on the AOUa board.125s ON OFF ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF Description The board is functional..125s and OFF for 0.3 LEDs on the AOUa Board There are three LEDs on the AOUa board: RUN. There is no alarm.

Layout of the DIP Switches Figure 6-4 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the AOUa board.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Port Location Port Function Connecto r Type Multiplexin g E1 Port Number - Multiple xing T1 Port Number - Right above the sign "PARC" 2M0 and 2M1 Port for 2 MHz clock signal outputs SMB male connector 6..2. The two DIP switches are used to set the mode of the two STM-1/OC-3 optical ports. both of which are labeled S1. Ltd. Figure 6-4 Layout of the DIP switches on the AOUa board (1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 65 .5 DIP Switches on the AOUa Board The AOUa board provides two DIP switches.

and so the DIP switches are hidden in between. Table 6-10 describes the hardware specifications of the AOUa board. OFF) 3 ON OFF 4 ON OFF 5 ON OFF 6 ON OFF 7 8 Meaning Set loading mode to JTAG configuration Set loading mode to CPU slave parallel configuration Set working mode to T1 mode Set working mode to E1 mode Set the mapped path to AU3 Set the mapped path to AU4 Set the information structure to TU11 Set the information structure to TU12 SONET SDH Reserved Reserved 6. The front panel is faced to and combined with the bottom plate. The hardware specifications consist of the dimensions. Description of the DIP Switches Table 6-9 describes the DIP switches on the AOUa board.6 Technical Specifications of the AOUa Board The technical specifications of the AOUa board consist of hardware specifications and specifications of the optical ports and board processing capability. power supply. weight. Table 6-9 Description of the DIP switches on the AOUa board DIP Switch S1 Bit 1-2 Setting of DIP Bit (ON. ON) (OFF. and relative humidity. operating temperature.2.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards CAUTION All DIP switches of the AOUa board are on the front panel of the sub-board. power consumption.. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. 66 .

000 Erlang 195 Mbit/s 195 Mbit/s 390 Mbit/s Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.30 W 1.3 mm x 395. Ltd. 37.000 500/s 126 9.000 Erlang 3. 67 .. Table 6-11 Specifications for the board processing capability Item Number of channel identifiers(CIDs) Session setup/release times Iub Number of NodeBs Speech service in the CS domain Data service in the CS domain Maximum payload throughput (UL) Maximum payload throughput (DL) Maximum payload throughput (UL+DL) Specification 23.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Table 6-10 Hardware specifications of the AOUa board Item Dimensions Power supply Power consumption Weight Operating temperature (long-term) Operating temperature (short-term) Relative humidity (longterm) Relative humidity (shortterm) Specification 248 mm x 32.30 kg 0°C to 45°C -5°C to +55°C 5% to 85% 5% to 95% Table 6-11 describes the specifications of the board processing capability. The backplane of the subrack is responsible for the power supply.4 mm Two inputs of -48 V DC working in active/standby mode.

the AOUc board can be installed in slots 14 to 27. Table 6-12 Specifications of the optical ports on the AOUa board Item Specification Optical Module 155 M-1310 nm-2 kmMM-SFP Mode Type Maximum optical transmission distance Maximum output optical power Minimum output optical power Minimum receiver sensitivity Center wavelength Transmission rate Multi-mode LC/PC 2 km Optical Module 155 M-1310 nm-15 kmSM-ESFP Single mode LC/PC 15 km Optical Module 155 M-1310 nm-40 kmSM-ESFP Single mode LC/PC 40 km -14. For the EPS.0 dBm -30. It can be installed in the MPS and in the EPS. The number of AOUc boards to be installed depends on site requirements.0 dBm -5.0 dBm -19.0 dBm -37. The AOUc board is optional.0 dBm -31. 68 . l The throughput specifications are based on the conditions of UL 64 kbit/s and DL 384 kbit/s.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -8.52 Mbit/s 6.3 AOUc Board AOUc refers to 4-port ATM over channelized Optical STM-1/OC-3 interface Unit REV:c.. For the MPS. l The number of session setup/release times indicates the signaling processing capacity of an Iub/Iu/Iurinterface board.52 Mbit/s 1. l The Iur-interface service processing specifications of the board are the same as its Iub-interface service processing specifications. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.310 nm 155.52 Mbit/s 1.0 dBm 0. Table 6-12 describes the specifications of the optical ports on the AOUa board. the AOUc board can be installed in slots 14 to 23.310 nm 155.0 dBm 1.310 nm 155.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description NOTE 6 Boards l The preceding specifications are the maximum capability regarding the corresponding service. l The data service in the CS domain indicates the 64 kbit/s video phone service.

the AOUc board supports ATM over channelized STM-1/OC-3 transmission. CPU1 mainly performs the control plane functions.3. such as board management.2 Panel of the AOUc Board There are LEDs and ports on the panel of the AOUc board. 6. Figure 6-5 shows the panel of the AOUc board.1 Functions of the AOUc Board As an optical interface board.. as well as transmission port management and maintenance. traffic statistics reporting. alarm reporting.3.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description NOTE 6 Boards l If the OMUa boards are not installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS. Ltd. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l If the OMUc boards are not installed in slots 24 to 25 of the MPS. the AOUc boards can be installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS. CPU0 mainly performs the management plane functions. such as establishment and clearing of channels for data flows. 69 . the AOUc boards can be installed in slots 24 to 25 of the MPS. 6. The AOUc board performs the following functions: l l l l Provides four channels over the channelized STM-1/OC-3 optical ports Supports the IMA function Supports the extraction of line clock signals Supports the Iub interfaces NOTE The AOUc board has two CPUs: CPU0 and CPU1.

Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.3. ACT. Table 6-13 LEDs on the AOUc board LED RUN Colo r Gree n Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s Description The board is functional.3 LEDs on the AOUc Board There are four types of LEDs on the AOUc board: RUN. 70 . ALM. Ltd.. Table 6-13 describes the LEDs on the AOUc board. and LOS.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Figure 6-5 Panel of the AOUc board 6.

The board is in active mode.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards LED Colo r Status ON for 0..3. There is no alarm. 71 . There is a fault alarm.125s ON OFF Description The board is in loading state. Table 6-14 describes the ports on the AOUc board. Table 6-14 Ports on the AOUc board Port Num ber 0 Port Function Connector Type LC/PC Multiplexing E1 Port Number 0 to 62 Multiplexing T1 Port Number 0 to 83 RX TX Receiving optical port Transmitting optical port Receiving optical port Transmitting optical port Receiving optical port Transmitting optical port 1 RX TX LC/PC 63 to 125 84 to 167 2 RX TX LC/PC 126 to 188 168 to 251 Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. The STM-1 port receives signals properly. There is power supply. The board is in standby mode. or the board is faulty.4 Ports on the AOUc Board There are four optical ports on the AOUc board. but the board is faulty. ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Gree n Gree n ON OFF ON OFF LOS 6. The STM-1 port does not receive signals properly.125s and OFF for 0. There is no power supply.

The backplane of the subrack is responsible for the power supply. 75.4 mm Two inputs of -48 V DC working in active/standby mode..3 mm x 395. Ltd. weight. The hardware specifications consist of the dimensions.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Port Num ber 3 Port Function Connector Type LC/PC Multiplexing E1 Port Number 189 to 251 Multiplexing T1 Port Number 252 to 335 RX TX Receiving optical port Transmitting optical port 6. 72 . Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. operating temperature.19 W 1. power supply.5 Technical Specifications of the AOUc Board The technical specifications of the AOUc board consist of hardware specifications and specifications of optical ports and board processing capability. power consumption. Table 6-15 Hardware specifications of the AOUc board Item Dimensions Power supply Power consumption Weight Operating temperature (long-term) Operating temperature (short-term) Relative humidity (longterm) Relative humidity (shortterm) Specification 248 mm x 32. and relative humidity.50 kg 0°C to 45°C -5°C to +55°C 5% to 85% 5% to 95% Table 6-16 describes the specifications of the board processing capability.3. Table 6-15 describes the hardware specifications of the AOUc board.

Table 6-17 Specifications of the optical ports on the AOUc board Item Specification Optical Module 155 M-1310 nm-2 kmMM-SFP Mode Type Maximum optical transmission distance Multi-mode LC/PC 2 km Optical Module 155 M-1310 nm-15 kmSM-ESFP Single mode LC/PC 15 km Optical Module 155 M-1310 nm-40 kmSM-ESFP Single mode LC/PC 40 km Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.000 Erlang 5.500 Erlang 300 Mbit/s 300 Mbit/s 600 Mbit/s NOTE l The preceding specifications are the maximum capability regarding the corresponding service. l The throughput specifications are based on the conditions of UL 64 kbit/s and DL 384 kbit/s. The average length of packets over the Iu-PS interface is 420 Bytes. Table 6-17 describes the specifications of the optical ports on the AOUc board. l The Iur-interface service processing specifications of the board are the same as its Iub-interface service processing specifications.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Table 6-16 Specifications of the board processing capability Item Number of channel identifiers(CIDs) Session setup/release times Iub Number of NodeBs Speech service in the CS domain Data service in the CS domain Maximum payload throughput (UL) Maximum payload throughput (DL) Maximum payload throughput (UL+DL) Specification 79. l The number of session setup/release times indicates the signaling processing capacity of an Iub/Iu/Iurinterface board. l The data service in the CS domain indicates the 64 kbit/s video phone service..000 5000/s 500 18. 73 . Ltd.

decryption. 6. NOTE l If the OMUa boards are not installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS.310 nm 155. For the EPS.0 dBm -30.4. l If the OMUc boards are not installed in slots 24 to 25 of the MPS.0 dBm Optical Module 155 M-1310 nm-40 kmSM-ESFP 0. Ltd.1 Functions of the DPUb Board The DPUb board processes and distributes the UMTS user-plane service data.0 dBm 1.52 Mbit/s 1.4 DPUb Board DPUb refers to Data Processing Unit REV:b.0 dBm -19. slots 8 to 11. For the MPS. slots 8 to 27. The DPUb board is optional. the DPUb boards can be installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS.310 nm 155.52 Mbit/s 6. and FP protocols Performs encryption.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Item Specification Optical Module 155 M-1310 nm-2 kmMM-SFP Optical Module 155 M-1310 nm-15 kmSM-ESFP -8. two to fifteen DPUb boards can be installed in slots 0 to 5.0 dBm -37. two to fifteen DPUb boards can be installed in slots 0 to 5. RLC.0 dBm Maximum output optical power Minimum output optical power Minimum receiver sensitivity Center wavelength Transmission rate -14. The DPUb board performs the following functions: l l l l l l Multiplexes and demultiplexes Processes frame protocols Selects and distributes data Performs the functions of the GTP-U.0 dBm -31. and paging Processes internal communication protocols between the SPUa/SPUb board and the DPUb board Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.52 Mbit/s 1. 74 Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) .0 dBm -5. IUUP. MAC.0 dBm -15.. PDCP. and slots 14 to 23.310 nm 155. the DPUb boards can be installed in slots 24 to 25 of the MPS. The DPUb board has 22 logical subsystems.

.2 Panel of the DPUb Board There are only LEDs on the panel of the DPUb board. 75 .4. and ACT. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.3 LEDs on the DPUb Board There are three LEDs on the DPUb board: RUN. Figure 6-6 Panel of the DPUb board 6. Figure 6-6 shows the panel of the DPUb board. Table 6-18 describes the LEDs on the DPUb board. ALM. Ltd.4.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards l Processes the Multimedia Broadcast and Multicast Service (MBMS) at the RLC layer and the MAC layer 6.

The board is functional. power consumption. operating temperature.4. 76 . The board is loading software or it is abnormal. relative humidity.125s ON OFF ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF Description The board is functional. There is a fault alarm. Table 6-19 Technical specifications of the DPUb board Item Dimensions Power supply Specification 248 mm x 32. and processing capability. but the board is faulty.26 kg 0°C to 45°C -5°C to +55°C 5% to 85% 5% to 95% Power consumption Weight Operating temperature (long-term) Operating temperature (short-term) Relative humidity (long-term) Relative humidity (short-term) Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The backplane of the subrack is responsible for the power supply. 6. 60 W 1. Table 6-19 describes the technical specifications of the DPUb board. or the board is faulty.4 mm Two -48 V DC working in active/standby mode. There is no alarm. There is power supply. power supply.125s and OFF for 0.3 mm x 395. The board is in loading state.. weight.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Table 6-18 LEDs on the DPUb board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0. There is no power supply. Ltd.4 Technical Specifications of the DPUb Board The technical specifications of the DPUb board consist of the dimensions.

5. decryption.5 DPUe Board DPUe refers to Data Processing Unit REV:e..800 Erlang for CS speech services l Supporting 900 Erlang for CS data services l Supporting 150 cells l Supporting a maximum of 3300 active subscribers (DCH/HSDPA/FACH) NOTE l The preceding specifications are the maximum capability regarding the corresponding service. For the EPS. slots 8 to 27. and paging Processes internal communication protocols between the SPUa/SPUb board and the DPUe board Processes the Multimedia Broadcast and Multicast Service (MBMS) at the RLC layer and the MAC layer Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 6. two to fifteen DPUe boards can be installed in slots 0 to 5. The DPUe board is optional. PDCP. IUUP. 6. the DPUe boards can be installed in slots 24 to 25 of the MPS. For the MPS. slots 8 to 11. and FP protocols Performs encryption. the DPUe boards can be installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS. and slots 14 to 23. 77 Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) . two to fifteen DPUe boards can be installed in slots 0 to 5. RLC. l If the OMUc boards are not installed in slots 24 to 25 of the MPS. The DPUe board performs the following functions: l l l l l l l Multiplexes and demultiplexes Processes frame protocols Selects and distributes data Performs the functions of the GTP-U. MAC. The DPUe board has 28 logical subsystems. l The data service in the CS domain indicates the 64 kbit/s video phone service. NOTE l If the OMUa boards are not installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS.1 Functions of the DPUe Board The DPUe board processes and distributes the UMTS user-plane service data. Ltd.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Item Processing capability Specification l Supporting the UL+DL data stream at 115 Mbit/s based on the conditions of UL 64 kbit/s and DL 384 kbit/s l Supporting 1.

Figure 6-7 shows the panel of the DPUe board..5.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards 6. 78 . and ACT. ALM.2 Panel of the DPUe Board There are only LEDs on the panel of the DPUe board. Table 6-20 describes the LEDs on the DPUe board.5. Figure 6-7 Panel of the DPUe board 6. Ltd.3 LEDs on the DPUe Board There are three LEDs on the DPUe board: RUN. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

125s and OFF for 0. Table 6-21 Technical specifications of the DPUe board Item Dimensions Power supply Specification 248 mm x 32.125s ON OFF ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF Description The board is functional. operating temperature.32 W 1.. There is no power supply. 79 .BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Table 6-20 LEDs on the DPUe board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0.3 mm x 395. The board is in loading state.4 mm Two -48 V DC working in active/standby mode. There is a fault alarm. Table 6-21 describes the technical specifications of the DPUe board.4 Technical Specifications of the DPUe Board The technical specifications of the DPUe board consist of the dimensions. Ltd. weight. There is power supply. 62.20 kg 0°C to 45°C -5°C to +55°C 5% to 85% 5% to 95% Power consumption Weight Operating temperature (long-term) Operating temperature (short-term) Relative humidity (long-term) Relative humidity (short-term) Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The board is functional. The backplane of the subrack is responsible for the power supply. or the board is faulty.5. power supply. There is no alarm. but the board is faulty. The board is loading software or it is abnormal. power consumption. 6. and processing capability. relative humidity.

the FG2a board can be installed in slots 4 to 5 and 14 to 27. The number of FG2a boards to be installed depends on site requirements. The FG2a board is optional. the FG2a boards can be installed in slots 24 to 25 of the MPS. and Iub interfaces 6.675 Erlang for CS data service l Supporting 300 cells l Supporting a maximum of 5880 active subscribers (DCH/HSDPA/FACH) NOTE l The preceding specifications are the maximum capability regarding the corresponding service. 6.. Supporting the UL +DL data stream at 800 Mbit/s based on the conditions of UL 64 kbit/s and DL 384 kbit/ s if the capacity license is configured l Supporting 3.2 Panel of the FG2a Board There are LEDs and ports on the panel of the FG2a board. Figure 6-8 shows the panel of the FG2a board. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the FG2a boards can be installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS. Iur. Ltd. l The data service in the CS domain indicates the 64 kbit/s video phone service. For the MPS. 80 . 6. NOTE l If the OMUa boards are not installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS.6. the FG2a board provides IP over Ethernet. For the EPS.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Item Processing capability Specification l Supporting the UL+DL data stream at 335 Mbit/s based on the conditions of UL 64 kbit/s and DL 384 kbit/s. l If the OMUc boards are not installed in slots 24 to 25 of the MPS.6. the FG2a board can be installed in slots 4 to 5 and 14 to 23. It can be installed either in the MPS or in the EPS. The FG2a board performs the following functions: l l l l Provides eight channels over FE ports or two channels over GE ports Provides the routing-based backup and load sharing Provides the link aggregation function at the MAC layer Supports the Iu.350 Erlang for CS speech services l Supporting 1.1 Functions of the FG2a Board As an interface board.6 FG2a Board FG2a refers to 8-port FE or 2-port electronic GE interface unit REV:a.

RUN. Ltd. ALM. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Table 6-22 LEDs on the FG2a board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s Description The board is functional. There are two LEDs at each Ethernet port: LINK and ACT.6. and ACT indicate the status of the FG2a board. Table 6-22 describes the LEDs on the FG2a board.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Figure 6-8 Panel of the FG2a board 6.3 LEDs on the FG2a Board Among all the LEDs on the FG2a board. 81 . and other LEDs indicate the status of Ethernet ports..

BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards LED Color Status ON for 0. used to transmit 10/100M signals 10M/100M/1000M Ethernet ports. The link is disconnected. ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF LINK (at the Ethernet port) ACT (at the Ethernet port) Green ON OFF Green OFF Blinking 6. The link is well connected. used to transmit 10/100/1000M signals Port for 2 MHz clock signal outputs Connector Type RJ45 RJ45 SMB male connector Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. but the board is faulty. two 10M/100M/1000M Ethernet ports. The board is in active mode.125s and OFF for 0. or the board is faulty. There is a fault alarm. There is data transmission over the Ethernet port. 82 . Table 6-23 describes the ports on the FG2a board..6. Ltd. There is no data transmission over the Ethernet port.4 Ports on the FG2a Board There are six 10M/100M Ethernet ports. The board is in standby mode. and two clock signal output ports on the FG2a board. Table 6-23 Ports on the FG2a board Port FE(1) to FE(3) FE/GE(0) 2M0 and 2M1 Function 10M/100M Ethernet ports. There is no alarm. There is no power supply. There is power supply.125s ON OFF Description The board is in loading state.

000 1000/s 300 6.. .4 mm Two -48 V DC working in active/standby mode. and relative humidity.000 Erlang 840 Mbit/s 840 Mbit/s 840 Mbit/s 6. Table 6-25 Specifications of the board processing capability Item Number of UDP (User Datagram Protocol) ports Session setup/release times Iub Number of NodeBs Speech service in the CS domain Data service in the CS domain Maximum payload throughput (UL) Maximum payload throughput (DL) Maximum payload throughput (UL +DL) Iu-CS Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Specification 23. Ltd. 38. weight. power supply. Table 6-24 Hardware specifications of the FG2a board Item Dimensions Power supply Specification 248 mm x 32. Table 6-24 describes the hardware specifications of the FG2a board.5 Technical Specifications of the FG2a Board The technical specifications of the FG2a board consist of hardware specifications and specifications of the board processing capability.48 W 1. The backplane of the subrack is responsible for the power supply. The hardware specifications consist of the dimensions.6. power consumption.36 kg 0°C to 45°C -5°C to +55°C 5% to 85% 5% to 95% Power consumption Weight Operating temperature (long-term) Operating temperature (short-term) Relative humidity (long-term) Relative humidity (short-term) Table 6-25 describes the specifications of the board processing capability.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards 6. operating temperature.3 mm x 395.000 Erlang 6.000 Erlang 83 Speech service in the CS domain Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

84 . 6. The FG2c board performs the following functions: l l l l Provides twelve channels over FE ports or eight channels over FE ports and four channels over GE ports Provides the link aggregation function at the MAC layer Provides the routing-based backup and load sharing Supports the Iu. l The number of session setup/release times indicates the signaling processing capacity of an Iub/Iu/Iurinterface board. When the MPS/EPS is configured with the SCUb board. the FG2c board can be installed in slots 4 to 5 and 14 to 23 in the MPS/EPS. as well as transmission port management and maintenance. Iur. traffic statistics reporting. Ltd. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. such as board management. CPU1 mainly performs the control plane functions. such as establishment and clearing of channels for data flows. The number of FG2c boards to be installed depends on site requirements. l The FG2c board has two CPUs: CPU0 and CPU1. It can be installed in the MPS and in the EPS.7. alarm reporting.. When the MPS/EPS is configured with the SCUa board. the FG2c board supports IP over Ethernet transmission. The average length of packets over the Iu-PS interface is 420 Bytes.1 Functions of the FG2c Board As an interface board. and Iub interfaces NOTE l The FG2c board does not support the 10 Mbit/s or 100 Mbit/s half duplex mode.000 Erlang 840 Mbit/s 840 Mbit/s 840 Mbit/s NOTE l The preceding specifications are the maximum capability regarding the corresponding service. 6. l The Iur-interface service processing specifications of the board are the same as its Iub-interface service processing specifications. l The throughput specifications are based on the conditions of UL 64 kbit/s and DL 384 kbit/s.7 FG2c Board FG2c refers to 12-port FE or 4-port electronic GE interface unit REV:c. l The data service in the CS domain indicates the 64 kbit/s video phone service. the FG2c board can be installed in slots 4 to 5 and 14 to 27 in the MPS/EPS. CPU0 mainly performs the management plane functions. The FG2c board is optional.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Item Data service in the CS domain Iu-PS Maximum payload throughput (UL) Maximum payload throughput (DL) Maximum payload throughput (UL +DL) Specification 3.

and ACT indicate the status of the FG2c board. Ltd.7.2 Panel of the FG2c Board There are LEDs and ports on the panel of the FG2c board. 85 .3 LEDs on the FG2c Board Among all the LEDs on the FG2c board. Table 6-26 describes the LEDs on the FG2c board. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Figure 6-9 shows the panel of the FG2c board. ALM. There are two LEDs at each Ethernet port: LINK and ACT.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards 6. RUN. and other LEDs indicate the status of Ethernet ports.7. Figure 6-9 Panel of the FG2c board 6.

or the board is faulty.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Table 6-26 LEDs on the FG2c board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0. used to transmit 100/1000M signals Connector Type RJ45 RJ45 Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.7. used to transmit 100M signals 100M/1000M Ethernet ports. There is no data transmission over the Ethernet port. There is power supply. The board is in loading state. There is data transmission over the Ethernet port. The board is in active mode. The link is well connected. 86 . The link is disconnected. The board is in standby mode. Blinking 6. but the board is faulty. Ltd.125s and OFF for 0.4 Ports on the FG2c Board There are four 100/1000BASE-T ports and eight 100BASE-T ports on the FG2c board. Table 6-27 describes the ports on the FG2c board. There is no alarm..125s ON OFF ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF LINK (at the Ethernet port) ACT (at the Ethernet port) Green ON OFF Orange OFF Description The board is functional. There is no power supply. There is a fault alarm. Table 6-27 Ports on the FG2c board Port 100BASE-T 100/1000BASE-T Function 100M Ethernet ports.

000/s 500 18. Table 6-29 Specifications of the board processing capability Item Specification with the SCUa board Configured 129.3 mm x 395. 85.4 mm Two inputs of -48 V DC working in active/ standby mode. operating temperature.000 5. 87 . The hardware specifications consist of the dimensions. Table 6-28 describes the hardware specifications of the FG2c board.4 W 1. weight. The backplane of the subrack is responsible for the power supply.600 Mbit/s Number of UDP (User Datagram Protocol) ports Session setup/release times Iub Number of NodeBs Speech service in the CS domain Data service in the CS domain Maximum payload throughput (UL) Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.300 Mbit/s Specification with the SCUb board Configured 129..7.000 Erlang 18.000 Erlang 1. power consumption. and relative humidity.50 kg 0°C to 45°C -5°C to +55°C 5% to 85% 5% to 95% Power consumption Weight Operating temperature (long-term) Operating temperature (short-term) Relative humidity (long-term) Relative humidity (short-term) Table 6-29 describes the specifications of the board processing capability.000 Erlang 2.5 Technical Specifications of the FG2c Board The technical specifications of the FG2c board consist of hardware specifications and specifications of the board processing capability.000/s 500 18. Table 6-28 Hardware specifications of the FG2c board Item Dimensions Power supply Specification 248 mm x 32. power supply.000 5.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards 6.000 Erlang 18. Ltd.

200 Mbit/s 3. The GCUa/GCGa board is mandatory..600 Mbit/s 2.600 Mbit/s 18.300 Mbit/s 2. l The throughput specifications are based on the conditions of UL 64 kbit/s and DL 384 kbit/s.8 GCUa and GCGa Board GCUa refers to General Clock Unit REV:a.000 Erlang 9. l The data service in the CS domain indicates the 64 kbit/s video phone service. Two GCUa/GCGa boards must be installed in slots 12 and 13 in the MPS. l The number of session setup/release times indicates the signaling processing capacity of an Iub/Iu/Iurinterface board.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Item Specification with the SCUa board Configured Maximum payload throughput (DL) Maximum payload throughput (UL+DL) 1.200 Mbit/s Iu-CS Speech service in the CS domain Data service in the CS domain Iu-PS Maximum payload throughput (UL) Maximum payload throughput (DL) Maximum payload throughput (UL+DL) NOTE l The preceding specifications are the maximum capability regarding the corresponding service. Ltd. processes the timing signals.8.600 Mbit/s 3.200 Mbit/s 3. GCGa refers to General Clock Unit with GPS REV:a.000 Erlang 3.200 Mbit/s Specification with the SCUb board Configured 2. 6. The GCUa/GCGa board performs the following functions: l Extracts timing signals from the external synchronization timing port and from the synchronization line signals.1 Functions of the GCUa/GCGa Board The GCUa/GCGa board performs the clock function. 6. The average length of packets over the Iu-PS interface is 420 Bytes.000 Erlang 9. l The Iur-interface service processing specifications of the board are the same as its Iub-interface service processing specifications.600 Mbit/s 18.000 Erlang 1.600 Mbit/s 1. 88 l Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) . and provides the timing signals and the reference clock for the entire system Performs the fast pull-in and holdover functions on the system clock Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

This ensures the smooth output of the clock phase in the case of active/standby switchover.) l 6. Ltd.2 Panel of the GCUa/GCGa Board There are LEDs and ports on the panel of the GCUa/GCGa board. 89 . Figure 6-10 shows the panel of the GCUa/GCGa board. The standby GCUa/GCGa board traces the clock phase of the active GCUa/GCGa board.8. Receives and processes the clock signals and the positioning information from the GPS card..BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards l l Generates RFN signals for the system Supports active/standby switchover. Figure 6-10 Panel of the GCUa/GCGa board Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. (Only the GCGa board supports this function.

The board is in active mode. There is power supply.4 Ports on the GCUa/GCGa Board There are 17 ports on the GCUa/GCGa board. The board is in standby mode. Table 6-30 describes the LEDs on the GCUa/GCGa board. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The clock signals are used for testing. Ports for providing synchronization clock signals.3 LEDs on the GCUa/GCGa Board There are three LEDs on the panel of the GCUa/GCGa board: RUN. Reserved Port for RS422-level 8 kHz clock signals Output port for clock signals. 6.. This port is not used on the GCUa board.125s ON OFF ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF Description The board is functional. ALM. Table 6-30 LEDs on the GCUa/GCGa board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0. There is a fault alarm.8. Connector Type SMA male connector CLKOUT0 to CLKOUT9 COM0 COM1 TESTOUT RJ45 RJ45 RJ45 SMB male connector 90 Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) .8. Table 6-31 describes the ports on the GCUa/GCGa board. Ltd.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards 6. The board is in loading state. but the board is faulty. There is no alarm. or the board is faulty. There is no power supply. Table 6-31 Ports on the GCUa/GCGa board Port ANT Function Port for the GPS antenna.125s and OFF for 0. and ACT. The ten ports are used to provide 8 kHz clock signals and 1PPS clock signals. This port on the GCGa board is used to receive the timing signals and positioning information from the GPS satellite.

the GOUa board can be installed in slots 4 to 5 and 14 to 27. l If the OMUc boards are not installed in slots 24 to 25 of the MPS. GCUa: 20 W.5 Technical Specifications of the GCUa/GCGa Board The technical specifications of the GCUa/GCGa board consist of the dimensions. NOTE l If the OMUa boards are not installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS. the GOUa board can be installed in slots 4 to 5 and 14 to 23. EPS. For the EPS.9 GOUa Board GOUa refers to 2-port packet over GE Optical interface Unit REV:a. 91 . Ltd. The number of GOUa boards to be installed depends on site requirements. power consumption. Table 6-32 describes the technical specifications of the GCUa/GCGa board. The backplane of the subrack is responsible for the power supply.4 mm Two -48 V DC working in active/standby mode. GCGa: 1. the GOUa boards can be installed in slots 24 to 25 of the MPS. GCGa: 25 W GCUa: 1. power supply. The GOUa board is optional. relative humidity. the GOUa boards can be installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS. and clock accuracy grade.18 kg 0°C to 45°C -5°C to +55°C 5% to 85% 5% to 95% Grade three Power consumption Weight Operating temperature (long-term) Operating temperature (short-term) Relative humidity (long-term) Relative humidity (short-term) Clock accuracy grade 6. Table 6-32 Technical specifications of the GCUa/GCGa board Item Dimensions Power supply Specification 248 mm x 32.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Port TESTIN CLKIN0 and CLKIN1 Function Input port for testing external clock signals Input port for BITS clock signals and line clock signals Connector Type SMB male connector SMB male connector 6.3 mm x 395.8. weight. operating temperature.1 kg.. It can be installed in the MPS. For the MPS. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

and Iub interfaces 6.2 Panel of the GOUa Board There are LEDs and ports on the panel of the GOUa board. Ltd. which are used for IP transmission Provides the routing-based backup and load sharing Supports the Iu.9. The GOUa board performs the following functions: l l l Provides two channels over GE optical ports.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards 6.. Figure 6-11 Panel of the GOUa board Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the GOUa board supports IP over Ethernet. Iur.1 Functions of the GOUa Board As an optical interface board. 92 . Figure 6-11 shows the panel of the GOUa board.9.

and ACT. used to transmit and receive optical signals. There is no alarm.125s ON OFF ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF Description The board is functional. The board is in active mode. There is power supply.125s and OFF for 0. The board is in loading state.3 LEDs on the GOUa Board There are three LEDs on the GOUa board: RUN. Ltd. and RX refers to the receiving optical port. Table 6-34 describes the ports on the GOUa board. 93 . ALM. The hardware specifications Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.4 Ports on the GOUa Board There are two optical ports and two clock signal output ports on the GOUa board. TX refers to the transmitting optical port. or the board is faulty. There is a fault alarm.5 Technical Specifications of the GOUa Board The technical specifications of the GOUa board consist of hardware specifications and specifications of the optical ports and board processing capability. but the board is faulty. 6.9. There is no power supply.9. Table 6-33 describes the LEDs on the GOUa board.. Port for 2 MHz clock signal outputs Connector Type LC/PC SMB male connector 6. The board is in standby mode.9.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards 6. Table 6-33 LEDs on the GOUa board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0. Table 6-34 Ports on the GOUa board Port RX TX 2M0 and 2M1 Function Optical port.

000 Erlang 840 Mbit/s 840 Mbit/s 840 Mbit/s 6. Table 6-36 Specifications of the board processing capability Item Number of UDP (User Datagram Protocol) ports Session setup/release times Iub Number of NodeBs Speech service in the CS domain Data service in the CS domain Maximum payload throughput (UL) Maximum payload throughput (DL) Maximum payload throughput (UL +DL) Iu-CS Speech service in the CS domain Data service in the CS domain Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Specification 23.4 mm Two -48 V DC working in active/standby mode.20 kg 0°C to 45°C -5°C to +55°C 5% to 85% 5% to 95% Table 6-36 describes the specifications of the board processing capability. 37.000 Erlang 3. Table 6-35 Hardware specifications of the GOUa board Item Dimensions Power supply Power consumption Weight Operating temperature (long-term) Operating temperature (short-term) Relative humidity (longterm) Relative humidity (short-term) Specification 248 mm x 32. Table 6-35 describes the hardware specifications of the GOUa board. The backplane of the subrack is responsible for the power supply.000 Erlang 6. operating temperature. weight.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards consist of the dimensions.000 Erlang 94 . power supply. power consumption. and relative humidity..30 W 1.000 1000/s 300 6. Ltd.3 mm x 395.

Ltd.5 km Optical Module 1.25 Gbit/s -3..0 dBm 0. l The throughput specifications are based on the conditions of UL 64 kbit/s and DL 384 kbit/s.5 dBm -20. Table 6-37 describes the specifications of the optical ports on the GOUa board. Table 6-37 Specifications of the optical ports on the GOUa board Item Specification Optical Module 1.5 km-MM-ESFP Mode Type Maximum optical transmission distance Maximum output optical power Minimum output optical power Minimum receiver sensitivity Overload receive optical power Center wavelength Transmission rate Multi-mode LC/PC 0.25 G-850 nm-0. The average length of packets over the Iu-PS interface is 420 Bytes.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Item Iu-PS Maximum payload throughput (UL) Maximum payload throughput (DL) Maximum payload throughput (UL +DL) Specification 840 Mbit/s 840 Mbit/s 840 Mbit/s NOTE l The preceding specifications are the maximum capability regarding the corresponding service.5 dBm -17.0 dBm 850 nm 1. 95 .25 G-1310 nm-10 km-SM-ESFP Single mode LC/PC 10 km -2. l The data service in the CS domain indicates the 64 kbit/s video phone service.5 dBm -9.0 dBm 1.0 dBm -3. l The Iur-interface service processing specifications of the board are the same as its Iub-interface service processing specifications.310 nm 1.25 Gbit/s Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.0 dBm -9. l The number of session setup/release times indicates the signaling processing capacity of an Iub/Iu/Iurinterface board.

It can be installed in the MPS and in the EPS. 96 . traffic statistics reporting. Iur.1 Functions of the GOUc Board As an optical interface board.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards 6.2 Panel of the GOUc Board There are LEDs and ports on the panel of the GOUc board. The number of GOUc boards to be installed depends on site requirements. The GOUc board is optional. When the MPS/EPS is configured with the SCUa board.10. the GOUc board supports IP over Ethernet transmission. and Iub interfaces NOTE l The GOUc board does not support the 10 Mbit/s or 100 Mbit/s half duplex mode. CPU1 mainly performs the control plane functions.10 GOUc Board GOUc refers to 4-port packet over GE Optical interface Unit REV:c. Figure 6-12 shows the panel of the GOUc board. 6. 6. The GOUc board performs the following functions: l l l Provides four channels over GE ports Provides the routing-based backup and load sharing Supports the Iu. alarm reporting. Ltd. the GOUc board can be installed in slots 4 to 5 and 14 to 23 in the MPS/EPS.. When the MPS/ EPS is configured with the SCUb board. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the GOUc board can be installed in slots 4 to 5 and 14 to 27 in the MPS/EPS. such as establishment and clearing of channels for data flows.10. such as board management. CPU0 mainly performs the management plane functions. as well as transmission port management and maintenance. l The GOUc board has two CPUs: CPU0 and CPU1.

Table 6-38 describes the LEDs on the GOUc board.10. Ltd.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Figure 6-12 Panel of the GOUc board 6. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and ACT (optical port LED). LINK (optical port LED). Table 6-38 LEDs on the GOUc board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s Description The board is functional. 97 .. ALM.3 LEDs on the GOUc Board There are five types of LEDs on the GOUc board: RUN. ACT.

The hardware specifications consist of the dimensions. The link is disconnected. or the board is faulty.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards LED Color Status ON for 0. Table 6-39 Ports on the GOUc board Port RX TX Function Optical port. but the board is faulty. There is no power supply. There is data transmission over the Ethernet port. power consumption.5 Technical Specifications of the GOUc Board The technical specifications of the GOUc board consist of hardware specifications and specifications of the optical ports and board processing capability. There is no data transmission over the Ethernet port. The link is well connected. ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF LINK (optical port LED) ACT (optical port LED) Green ON OFF Green OFF Blinking 6.10. The board is in active mode. 98 . operating temperature. Ltd. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Table 6-39 describes the ports on the GOUc board. and relative humidity. There is no alarm. and RX refers to the receiving optical port. used to transmit and receive optical signals.125s ON OFF Description The board is in loading state. power supply.125s and OFF for 0. Connector Type LC/PC 6. TX refers to the transmitting optical port. The board is in standby mode. There is a fault alarm.4 Ports on the GOUc Board There are four optical ports on the GOUc board. There is power supply. weight.10.

Table 6-40 Hardware specifications of the GOUc board Item Dimensions Power supply Power consumption Weight Operating temperature (long-term) Operating temperature (short-term) Relative humidity (longterm) Relative humidity (short-term) Specification 248 mm x 32.000 Erlang 1. 99 . 65.000/s 500 18.4 mm Two inputs of -48 V DC working in active/standby mode.000 Erlang 18.300 Mbit/s 1.000 Erlang 2. Ltd.600 Mbit/s 2.. The backplane of the subrack is responsible for the power supply.3 mm x 395.300 Mbit/s Specification with the SCUb board Configured 129.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Table 6-40 describes the hardware specifications of the GOUc board.000 Erlang 18. Table 6-41 Specifications of the board processing capability Item Specification with the SCUa board Configured 129.90 W 1.000 5.600 Mbit/s Number of UDP (User Datagram Protocol) ports Session setup/release times Iub Number of NodeBs Speech service in the CS domain Data service in the CS domain Maximum payload throughput (UL) Maximum payload throughput (DL) Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.000/s 500 18.40 kg 0°C to 45°C -5°C to +55°C 5% to 85% 5% to 95% Table 6-41 describes the specifications of the board processing capability.000 5.

25 Gbit/s 0. Ltd. l The throughput specifications are based on the conditions of UL 64 kbit/s and DL 384 kbit/s. l The Iur-interface service processing specifications of the board are the same as its Iub-interface service processing specifications.25 G-1310 nm-10 km-SMESFP Mode Type Center wavelength Transmission rate Transmission distance Single mode LC/PC 1. The average length of packets over the Iu-PS interface is 420 Bytes..310 nm 1. Table 6-42 describes the specifications of the optical ports on the GOUc board.000 Erlang 9.25 G-850 nm-0.200 Mbit/s 3.600 Mbit/s 1.200 Mbit/s Iu-CS Speech service in the CS domain Data service in the CS domain Iu-PS Maximum payload throughput (UL) Maximum payload throughput (DL) Maximum payload throughput (UL+DL) NOTE l The preceding specifications are the maximum capability regarding the corresponding service.5 km Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.000 Erlang 1.600 Mbit/s 18.600 Mbit/s 18.5 km-MM-ESFP Multi-mode LC/PC 850 nm 1.600 Mbit/s 3. l The number of session setup/release times indicates the signaling processing capacity of an Iub/Iu/Iurinterface board.000 Erlang 9. l The data service in the CS domain indicates the 64 kbit/s video phone service.200 Mbit/s 3.25 Gbit/s 10 km Optical Module 1.000 Erlang 3.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Item Specification with the SCUa board Configured Maximum payload throughput (UL+DL) 2.200 Mbit/s Specification with the SCUb board Configured 2. 100 . Table 6-42 Specifications of the optical ports on the GOUc board Item Specification Optical Module 1.

11.11 NIUa Board NIUa refers to Network Intelligence Unit REV:a.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Item Specification Optical Module 1. Figure 6-13 shows the panel of the NIUa board. the NIUa boards can be installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS. 14 to 23. For the EPS.11. 101 .25 G-850 nm-0. Identifies P2P downloading services.5 dBm -23 dBm 6. Ltd. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l If the OMUc boards are not installed in slots 24 and 25 of the MPS. and slots 26 and 27. 6. The NIUa board performs the following functions: l l Identifies web browsing services. the NIUa boards can be installed in slots 24 and 25 of the MPS.5 km-MM-ESFP -3 dBm -9 dBm -20 dBm Maximum output optical power Minimum output optical power Minimum receiver sensitivity -3 dBm -9.25 G-1310 nm-10 km-SMESFP Optical Module 1.1 Functions of the NIUa Board The NIUa board performs service awareness functions..2 Panel of the NIUa Board There are only LEDs on the panel of the NIUa board. one to six NIUa boards can be installed in slots 0 to 5. slots 8 to 11. NOTE l If the OMUa boards are not installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS. one to five NIUa boards can be installed in slots 0 to 5. and slots 8 to 27. For the MPS. 6. The NIUa board is optional.

and ACT. ALM.. Ltd. Table 6-43 describes the LEDs on the NIUa board. Table 6-43 LEDs on the NIUa board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s Description The board is functional.11. 102 .3 LEDs on the NIUa Board There are three LEDs on the NIUa board: RUN.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Figure 6-13 Panel of the NIUa board 6. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

32 W 1. There is a fault alarm. The board is in standby mode. ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF 6. but the board is faulty. The backplane of the subrack is responsible for the power supply. relative humidity.4 Technical Specifications of the NIUa Board The technical specifications of the NIUa board consist of the dimensions. operating temperature.11. There is power supply. There is no power supply. power supply. Supporting the UL+DL data stream at 3200 Mbit/s if 63 Network Intelligence Throughput License are configured (The step of Network Intelligence Throughput Licenses is 50 Mbit/s) Power consumption Weight Operating temperature (long-term) Operating temperature (short-term) Relative humidity (long-term) Relative humidity (short-term) Processing capability Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. or the board is faulty.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards LED Color Status ON for 0. 103 . Table 6-44 describes the technical specifications of the NIUa board.20 kg 0°C to 45°C -5°C to +55°C 5% to 85% 5% to 95% Supporting the UL+DL data stream at 50 Mbit/ s. weight.3 mm x 395.4 mm Two -48 V DC working in active/standby mode. and processing capability. or the board is disconnected. power consumption. The board is in active mode.125s ON OFF Description The board is in loading state. There is no alarm. 62..125s and OFF for 0. Table 6-44 Technical specifications of the NIUa board Item Dimensions Power supply Specification 248 mm x 32.

The board can be installed in slots 0 to 5.2 Panel of the OMUa Board There are LEDs. slots 20 to 23. to control the communication between the LMT or M2000 and the SCUa board of the BSC6900 6. Ltd. security management. The width of the OMUa board is twice the width of other boards. and buttons on the panel of the OMUa board. 6.1 Functions of the OMUa Board The OMUa board works as a bridge for the communication between the Local Maintenance Terminal (LMT) and the other boards in the BSC6900. fault management. 104 .12. one OMUa board occupies two slots. performance management.12. The OMUa board performs the following functions: l l Performs the configuration management. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. there are hard disks installed on the OMUa board. In addition. Therefore.12 OMUa Board OMUa refers to Operation and Maintenance Unit REV:a. NOTE This document describes the installation of other boards on the basis that the OMUa boards are installed in slots 24 to 27. ports. One or two OMUa boards must be configured in the BSC6900.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards 6. or slots 24 to 27 in the MPS at the bottom of the MPR. Figure 6-14 shows the panel of the OMUa board. and loading management functions for the system Provides the LMT or M2000 users with the operation and maintenance port of the BSC6900 system. The OMUa board can be installed in slots 20 to 23 in inventory sites and in slots 24 to 27 in new sites..

BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Figure 6-14 Panel of the OMUa board (1) Captive screw (2) Ejector lever (5) ALM LED (9) USB port (13) COM port (17) Hard disks (6) ACT LED (10) ETH0 Ethernet port (14) VGA port (18) Screws for fixing the hard disk (3) Self-locking latch (7) RESET Button (15) HD LEDs (4) RUN LED (8) SHUTDOWN Button (16) OFFLINE LED (11) ETH1 Ethernet port (12) ETH2 Ethernet port Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. 105 . Ltd.

Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. but the board is faulty. There is no read or write operation on the hard disk. avoid operating the two buttons whenever possible. l The SHUTDOWN button is used only for powering off the board in emergency. you need to simultaneously pivot the top and bottom ejector levers away from the front panel of the OMUa board. or the board is faulty. turn off the power switch. The board is in standby mode. There is power supply. Thus. l Powering off the board by pressing the SHUTDOWN button or resetting the system by pressing the RESET button may scratch the surface of the hard disks of the OMUa board.12.125s and OFF for 0. Table 6-45 describes the LEDs on the OMUa board. ALM.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description NOTE 6 Boards l To power off the OMUa board. The board cannot be removed.125s HD Green OFF Blinking Description The board is functional. 6. After the OFFLINE LED is on. There is no alarm. ACT. The board is being started.125s and OFF for 0. The board is in active mode. The board can be removed. Ltd. 106 .125s ON OFF ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF OFFLINE Blue ON OFF ON for 0. or the board is disconnected. Table 6-45 LEDs on the OMUa board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0. There is a fault alarm. and HD. The hard disk is being read or written. The board is being switched over to the other working mode. OFFLINE. There is no power supply. It works in the same way as the reset button on the PC.3 LEDs on the OMUa Board There are five types of LEDs on the OMUa board: RUN. l The RESET button is used to reset the system.

4 Ports on the OMUa Board There are four USB ports. Ltd.5 Technical Specifications of the OMUa Board This section describes the hardware configuration indexes and performance counters of the OMUa board.. weight. working temperature.0 kg 146 G x 2 (RAID 1) 2G 5°C to 40°C Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.4 mm Two -48 V DC working in active/standby mode. The backplane of the subrack is responsible for the power supply. power consumption. number of CPUs.12. including dimensions. 4 120 W 4. one serial port COM0-ALM/COM1-BMC. Table 6-46 Ports on the OMUa board Port USB0-1 and USB2-3 ETH0 to ETH2 COM0-ALM/COM1-BMC Function USB ports.6 mm x 395. three GE ports. and one VGA port on the OMUa board.12. These ports are used to connect USB devices. Hardware Configuration Indexes Table 6-47 lists the hardware configuration indexes of the OMUa board. power supply. memory capacity. GE ports Serial port. hard disk capacity. This port is used for system commissioning or for common serial port usage. Table 6-47 Hardware configuration indexes Item Dimensions Power supply Number of CPUs Power consumption Weight Hard disk capacity Memory capacity Temperature required when working for a long time Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Index of the OMUa board 248 mm x 64. 107 .BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards 6. Port for the video Connector Type RJ45 DB9 VGA DB15 6. Table 6-46 describes the ports on the OMUa board. and working humidity.

6. Slots 24 to 25 are recommended. Table 6-48 Performance counters Counter Number of recorded alarms Time when the standby OMU data is synchronized with the active OMU data Duration of the synchronization between the active OMU files and standby OMU files Duration of the switchover between the active and standby OMUs Duration of the OMU restart Index of the OMUa Board The maximum number of recorded alarms is 150. or slots 24 to 27 in the MPS at the bottom of the MPR. The OMUa board contains mechanical hard disk. The switchover is finished in four minutes. the OMUa board must be protected against vibration. slots 20 to 23. Ltd. A pair of active/standby OMUc boards must be configured. such as high temperature and high altitude. Refers to the time from the request for OMU switchover being accepted to the switchover being finished. 108 .. Five minutes. Duration of the OMU restart caused by an OMU fault.000.13 OMUc Board OMUc refers to Operation and Maintenance Unit REV:c. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The standby OMU synchronizes its data with that of the active OMU board every second.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Item Temperature required when working for a short time Relative humidity required when working for a long time Relative humidity required when working for a short time Index of the OMUa board 0°C to 50°C 5% to 85% 5% to 95% Performance Counters Table 6-48 lists the performance counters of the OMUa board. To ensure the lifespan of the OMUa board. The OMUc boards can be installed in slots 0 to 5. shorten board lifespan. Adverse environments. shock. and abnormal shutdown. This duration lasts for about three minutes. The time needed for the synchronization varies according to the size and quantity of the files to be synchronized.

6.2 Panel of the OMUc Board There are LEDs. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. to control the communication between the LMT or M2000 and the SCUb board of the BSC6900 6. ports.13. Figure 6-15 shows the panel of the OMUc board.. fault management.1 Functions of the OMUc Board The OMUc board works as a bridge for the communication between the Local Maintenance Terminal (LMT) and the other boards in the BSC6900. and buttons on the panel of the OMUc board. and loading management functions for the system Provides the LMT or M2000 users with the operation and maintenance port of the BSC6900 system. performance management.13. Ltd. l The OMUc and OMUa boards cannot be installed in the same subrack. security management.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description NOTE 6 Boards l This document describes the installation of other boards on the basis that the OMUc boards are installed in slots 24 to 25. The OMUc board performs the following functions: l l Performs the configuration management. 109 .

BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Figure 6-15 Panel of the OMUc board (1) Captive screw (5) ALM LED (9) OFL LED (13) VGA port (2) Ejector lever (6) ACT LED (10) COM port (14) USB port (3) Self-locking latch (7) POWER Button (11) ETH0 Ethernet port (15) ETH2 Ethernet port (4) RUN LED (8) HDD LED (12) ETH1 Ethernet port NOTE To power off the OMUc board. you need to simultaneously pivot the top and bottom ejector levers away from the front panel of the OMUc board. turn off the power switch. After the OFL (OFFLINE) LED is on.. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 110 . Ltd.

The board is in standby mode. The board can be removed. or the board is faulty.13. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The board is in active mode.125s and OFF for 0. The board cannot be removed. OFL. Table 6-49 describes the LEDs on the OMUc board. 111 .BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards 6.4 Ports on the OMUc Board There are four USB ports. 6. Ltd. Table 6-49 LEDs on the OMUc board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0.. The hard disk is being read or written. but the board is faulty.125s HDD Green OFF Blinking Description The board is functional.3 LEDs on the OMUc Board There are five types of LEDs on the OMUc board: RUN. There is no alarm. There is no read or write operation on the hard disk. There is power supply. three GE ports. There is no power supply. and HDD.125s ON OFF ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF OFL Blue ON OFF ON for 0. one serial port COM0. Table 6-50 describes the ports on the OMUc board. The board is being started. There is a fault alarm.13.125s and OFF for 0. ALM. ACT. or the board is disconnected. and one VGA port on the OMUc board. The board is being switched over to the other working mode.

5 Technical Specifications of the OMUc Board The technical specifications of the OMUc board include hardware configuration indexes and performance counters. power supply. power consumption. These ports are used to connect USB devices.. This port is used for system commissioning or for common serial port usage. Table 6-51 Hardware configuration indexes of the OMUc board Item Dimensions Power supply Number of CPUs Power consumption Weight Hard disk capacity Memory capacity Temperature required when working for a long time Temperature required when working for a short time Relative humidity required when working for a long time Index of the OMUc board 248 mm x 32. weight. The hardware configuration indexes refer to the dimensions. Serial port. operating temperature.3mm x 395.13.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Table 6-50 Ports on the OMUc board Port USB0-1 and USB2-3 ETH0 to ETH2 COM Function USB ports. Port for the video. and relative humidity.4 mm Two -48 V DC working in active/standby mode. 6 90 W 2.5 kg 500 GB 8 GB 5°C to 40°C 0°C to 50°C 5% to 85% Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. Hardware Configuration Indexes Table 6-51 lists the hardware configuration indexes of the OMUc board. number of CPUs. The backplane of the subrack is responsible for the power supply. 112 . Connector Type TYPE-A RJ45 DB9 VGA DB15 6. GE ports.

Adverse environments.. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The OMUc board contains mechanical hard disk.000. The switchover is finished in four minutes. This duration lasts for about three minutes. Duration of the OMU restart caused by an OMU fault. such as high temperature and high altitude. The standby OMU synchronizes its data with that of the active OMU board every second. Five minutes. 113 . Table 6-52 Performance counters of the OMUc board Item Number of recorded alarms Time when the standby OMU data is synchronized with the active OMU data Duration of the synchronization between the active OMU files and standby OMU files Duration of the switchover between the active and standby OMUs Duration of the OMU restart Index of the OMUc board The maximum number of recorded alarms is 150. 6.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Item Relative humidity required when working for a short time Index of the OMUc board 5% to 95% Performance Counters Table 6-52 describes the performance counters of the OMUc board. 6. The time needed for the synchronization varies according to the size and quantity of the files to be synchronized. shorten board lifespan. Each power distribution box accommodates one PAMU board. To ensure the lifespan of the OMUc board. The PAMU board is installed in the power distribution box at the top of the cabinet. Ltd.14 PAMU Board PAMU refers to Power Allocation Monitoring Unit. shock and abnormal shutdown.1 Functions of the PAMU Board The PAMU board is used to monitor the power distribution box at the top of the BSC6900 cabinet.14. the OMUc board must be protected against vibration. Refers to the time from the request for OMU switchover being accepted to the switchover being finished.

2 Panel of the PAMU Board On the panel of the PAMU board.14. 114 . 6. Figure 6-16 Panel of the PAMU board (1) RUN LED (2) ALM LED (3) Mute switch NOTE The mute switch is set to determine whether an audible alarm is generated. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Figure 6-16 shows the panel of the PAMU board.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards The PAMU board performs the following functions: l l l l Detects the voltage of six -48 V power inputs and reports related alarms Detects the status of the power switches for 20 power outputs and reports related alarms Enables the switchover when faults occur in the serial port communication. the power distribution box does not generate an audible alarm when it is faulty. l If you set the mute switch to ON. Ltd. l If you set the mute switch to OFF.. there are two LEDs and a mute switch. the power distribution box generates an audible alarm when it is faulty. Table 6-53 describes the LEDs on the PAMU board.3 LEDs on the PAMU Board There are two LEDs on the PAMU board: RUN and ALM. and communicates with the SCUa/SCUb board Provides two RS485 and two RS232 asynchronous serial ports 6.14.

. This indicates that the ALM LED is functional. To set the address.25s and OFF for 0. first remove the PAMU board and then set the SW1 as described in Table 6-54. the DIP switch SW1 is used to set the address of the PAMU board. 115 . The power distribution box is faulty.25s OFF Description The PAMU board is functional and communicates with the SCUa/SCUb board properly.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Table 6-53 LEDs on the PAMU board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0.4 DIP Switch on the PAMU Board The PAMU provides an SW1 DIP switch. Figure 6-17 shows the layout of the DIP switch on the PAMU board. The PAMU board is faulty or it does not communicate with the SCUa/SCUb board properly. Figure 6-17 Layout of the DIP switch on the PAMU board With four bits. Table 6-54 DIP switch on the PAMU board Address 0 Bit 1 (the most significant bit) Setting of DIP Bit ON Description 0 Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. however. The power supply to the PAMU board is abnormal or the power distribution box does not work properly. the ALM LED is also ON. During the self-check of the PAMU board. Ltd.14. There is no alarm. ALM Red OFF ON 6.

the PEUa board supports E1/T1 transmission. the PEUa board can be installed in slots 4 to 5 and 14 to 23. 116 Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) .14. Table 6-55 Technical specifications of the PAMU board Item Dimensions Power supply Power consumption Weight Specification 340 mm x 72 mm Two -48 V DC working in active/standby mode 15 W 0.1 Functions of the PEUa Board As an interface board.2 kg 6. NOTE l If the OMUa boards are not installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS. l If the OMUc boards are not installed in slots 24 to 25 of the MPS. For the EPS. power consumption. power supply. 6. 6. The PEUa board is optional. and weight.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Address Bit 2 3 4 (the least significant bit) Setting of DIP Bit ON ON ON Description 0 0 0 NOTE In the BSC6900.15 PEUa Board PEUa refers to 32-port Packet over E1/T1/J1 interface Unit REV:a. The PEUa board performs the following functions: l Provides 32 channels of IP over PPP/MLPPP over E1/T1 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the DIP switch on the PAMU board must be set as described in Table 6-54. Ltd.5 Technical Specifications of the PAMU Board The technical specifications of the PAMU board consist of the dimensions. The number of PEUa boards to be installed depends on site requirements. For the MPS. Table 6-55 describes the technical specifications of the PAMU board. the PEUa boards can be installed in slots 24 to 25 of the MPS. the PEUa boards can be installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS. It can be installed either in the MPS or in the EPS. the PEUa board can be installed in slots 4 to 5 and 14 to 27.15..

Supports the Iub interfaces 6. The E1 transmission rate is 2.15. receives. each MLPPP group containing 8 MLPPP links Provides the Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function between the active and standby PEUa boards Transmits.3 LEDs on the PEUa Board There are three LEDs on the PEUa board: RUN.2 Panel of the PEUa Board There are LEDs and ports on the panel of the PEUa board.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards l l l l Provides 128 PPP links or 32 MLPPP groups. ALM. 117 .. Figure 6-18 Panel of the PEUa board 6. encodes. and decodes 32 channels of E1s/T1s. Ltd.544 Mbit/s. the T1 transmission rate is 1. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and ACT. Table 6-56 describes the LEDs on the PEUa board. Figure 6-18 shows the panel of the PEUa board.15.048 Mbit/s.

Ltd. used to transmit and receive E1/T1 signals on channels 16-23 E1/T1 port. There is power supply. Table 6-57 describes the ports on the PEUa board. 6.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Table 6-56 LEDs on the PEUa board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0. There is no power supply.15. used to transmit and receive E1/T1 signals on channels 24-31 Port for 2 MHz clock signal outputs Connector Type DB44 DB44 DB44 DB44 SMB male connector 6. S4. S8. There is no alarm. The board is in loading state.5 DIP Switches on the PEUa Board The PEUa board provides five DIP switches. namely. There is a fault alarm.125s and OFF for 0.. used to transmit and receive E1/T1 signals on channels 0-7 E1/T1 port. used to transmit and receive E1/T1 signals on channels 8-15 E1/T1 port.4 Ports on the PEUa Board There are four E1/T1 ports and two clock signal output ports on the PEUa board.125s ON OFF ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF Description The board is functional. but the board is faulty. 118 . and S10. The board is in active mode. S2. The board is in standby mode. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.15. Table 6-57 Ports on the PEUa board Port E1/T1 (0-7) E1/T1 (8-15) E1/T1 (16-23) E1/T1 (24-31) 2M0 and 2M1 Function E1/T1 port. or the board is faulty. S6.

Ltd.. 119 .BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Figure 6-19 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the PEUa board. Figure 6-19 Layout of the DIP switches on the PEUa board (1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description
NOTE

6 Boards

l All DIP switches are on the front panel of the sub-board. The front panel is combined with the bottom plate, so the DIP switches are not exposed. l DIP switches S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10 are set from the side. As shown in Figure 6-19, there are two square holes between DIP switches, one between S2 and S4, and the other between S8 and S6. Through the two holes, you can set S2, S4, S8, and S6. DIP switch S10 is located in the right corner of the subboard, and thus you can set S10 along the side. The direction of the arrow in Figure 6-19 is to turn inwards. To set the bits of S2, S4, S6, or S8 to ON, turn them inwards. To set the bits of S2, S4, S6, or S8 to OFF, turn them outwards. To set the bits of S10 to ON, turn them outwards. To set the bits of S10 to OFF, turn them inwards. l You can also run the SET E1T1 command on the LMT to set S10. If there is any inconsistency between the physical setting of S10 on the PEUa board and the setting of S10 by command, take the setting by command as the criterion. By default, the working mode of S10 is set to E1. You can also run the SET E1T1 command on the LMT to change the working mode of S10 from E1 mode to E1 balanced mode, E1 unbalanced mode, or T1 mode. When you run the SET E1T1 command to set the support for balanced and unbalanced modes parameter to No and set the working mode of S10 to E1, you must also manually set the bits of S10 to set the working mode of S10 to E1 balanced mode or E1 unbalanced mode. l If signals are transmitted in E1 unbalanced mode, the signals are transmitted through the 75-ohm coaxial cable and the TX end of the cable is grounded, that is, the corresponding DIP bit is set to ON. If signals are transmitted in E1(T1) balanced mode, the signals are transmitted through the 120-ohm twisted pair cable and the TX end of the cable is not grounded, that is, the corresponding DIP bit is set to OFF.

DIP switches S2, S4, S6, and S8 on the PEUa board are used to enable or disable the grounding of 0 to 31 E1s/T1s/J1s at the TX end. DIP switch S10 is used to set the working mode to E1 balanced mode, E1 unbalanced mode, T1 mode, or J1 mode. Table 6-58 describes the DIP switches on the PEUa board. Table 6-58 Description about DIP switches on the PEUa board DIP Switc h S2 Bit Description Setting of DIP Switch ON Meaning

1-8

TX ground switch of E1s/T1s/J1s 24 to 31

Setting the working mode to E1 unbalanced mode Setting the working mode to other modes Setting the working mode to E1 unbalanced mode Setting the working mode to other modes Setting the working mode to E1 unbalanced mode
120

OFF

S4

1-8

TX ground switch of E1s/T1s/J1s 16 to 23

ON

OFF

S6

1-8

TX ground switch of E1s/T1s/J1s 0 to 7

ON

Issue Draft A (2012-02-15)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description

6 Boards

DIP Switc h

Bit

Description

Setting of DIP Switch OFF

Meaning

Setting the working mode to other modes Setting the working mode to E1 unbalanced mode Setting the working mode to other modes Setting the working mode to E1 unbalanced mode Setting the working mode to E1 balanced mode Setting the working mode to T1 mode Setting the working mode to J1 mode

S8

1-8

TX ground switch of E1s/T1s/J1s 8 to 15

ON

OFF

S10

1-2

DIP switch for setting the working mode, consisting of two bits

(ON, ON)

(OFF, ON)

(ON, OFF)

(OFF, OFF)

6.15.6 Technical Specifications of the PEUa Board
The technical specifications of the PEUa board consist of hardware specifications and specifications of the board processing capability. The hardware specifications consist of the dimensions, power supply, power consumption, weight, operating temperature, and relative humidity. Table 6-59 describes the hardware specifications of the PEUa board. Table 6-59 Hardware specifications of the PEUa board Item Dimensions Power supply Specification 248 mm x 32.3 mm x 395.4 mm Two -48 V DC working in active/standby mode. The backplane of the subrack is responsible for the power supply.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 121

Issue Draft A (2012-02-15)

BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description

6 Boards

Item Power consumption Weight Operating temperature (long-term) Operating temperature (short-term) Relative humidity (long-term) Relative humidity (short-term)

Specification 27.53 W 1.30 kg 0°C to 45°C -5°C to +55°C 5% to 85% 5% to 95%

Table 6-60 describes the specifications of the board processing capability. Table 6-60 Specifications of the board processing capability Item Number of UDP (User Datagram Protocol) ports Session setup/release times Iub Number of NodeBs Speech service in the CS domain Data service in the CS domain Maximum payload throughput (UL) Maximum payload throughput (DL) Maximum payload throughput (UL+DL) Specification 23,000 500/s 32 2,800 Erlang 850 Erlang 60 Mbit/s 60 Mbit/s 120 Mbit/s

NOTE

l The preceding specifications are the maximum capability regarding the corresponding service. l The data service in the CS domain indicates the 64 kbit/s video phone service. l The number of session setup/release times indicates the signaling processing capacity of an Iub/Iu/Iurinterface board. l The Iur-interface service processing specifications of the board are the same as its Iub-interface service processing specifications. l The throughput specifications are based on the conditions of UL 64 kbit/s and DL 384 kbit/s.

Issue Draft A (2012-02-15)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

122

BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description

6 Boards

6.16 PFCU Board
PFCU refers to Fan Control Unit. The PFCU board is installed in the front of the fan box. Each fan box is configured with one PFCU board.

6.16.1 Functions of the PFCU Board
The PFCU board is used to monitor the fan box. The PFCU board performs the following functions: l l l l l Monitors the working status of the fans in the fan box and displays the status through the LED Communicates with the SCUa/SCUb board, to report the working status of the fan box Collects temperature information and detects the temperature through temperature sensors Provides Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM) control signals which are used to adjust the fan speed Reports the working status and alarms of the fans in the fan box through the LED

6.16.2 DIP Switch on the PFCU Board
The PFCU board has one DIP switch, which is named SW1 and consists of four bits. The DIP switch is used to set the address of the PFCU board. When the PFCU board is configured in a fan box of the service subrack, the address of the PFCU board is set to 1. When the PFCU board is configured in the independent fan subrack, the address of the PFCU board is set to 4.

DIP Switch on the PFCU Board (in a Fan Box of the service subrack)
Figure 6-20 shows the DIP switch on the PFCU board. Figure 6-20 DIP switch on the PFCU board

To set the address of the PFCU board, remove the fan box, and then set SW1 as described in Table 6-61. For how to remove the fan box, see Replacing the Fan Box. After setting the DIP switch, the address of the PFCU board is 1.

Issue Draft A (2012-02-15)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

123

BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description

6 Boards

Table 6-61 DIP switch on the PFCU board (in a fan box of the service subrack) DIP Switch SW1 Bit 1 (the least significant bit) 2 3 4 (the most significant bit) Setting of DIP Switch OFF ON ON ON Description 1 0 0 0

DIP Switch on the PFCU Board (in the Independent Fan Subrack)
Figure 6-21 shows the DIP switch on the PFCU board. Figure 6-21 DIP switch on the PFCU board

To set the address of the PFCU board, remove the fan box, and then set SW1 as described in Table 6-62. For how to remove the fan box, see Replacing the Fan Box. After the setting, the address of the PFCU board is 4. Table 6-62 DIP switch on the PFCU board (in the independent fan subrack) DIP Switch SW1 Bit 1 (the least significant bit) 2 3 4 (the most significant bit) Setting of DIP Switch ON ON OFF ON Description 0 0 1 0

NOTE

The DIP switch on the PFCU board of the BSC6900 must be set according to the preceding descriptions.

Issue Draft A (2012-02-15)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

124

The number of POUa boards to be installed depends on site requirements. 125 Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) .17 POUa Board POUa refers to 2-port IP over channelized Optical STM-1/OC-3 interface Unit REV:a. the POUa boards can be installed in slots 24 to 25 of the MPS. Ltd. the POUa boards can be installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS. the POUa board can be installed in slots 14 to 23.3 Technical Specifications of the PFCU Board The technical specifications of the PFCU board consist of the dimensions. Table 6-63 Technical specifications of the PFCU board Item Dimensions Input voltage range Frequency of PWM signals Detectable temperature range Requirement for fan speed adjustment Specification 270 mm x 35 mm -40 V DC to -57 V DC 1 kHz -5°C to +55°C (basic requirement) The speed of the fans can be adjusted from 55% to 100% of the full speed. 6. detectable temperature range. the POUa board can be installed in slots 14 to 27. Table 6-63 describes the technical specifications of the PFCU board. NOTE l If the OMUa boards are not installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS. frequency of PWM signals.16.17.1 Functions of the POUa Board As an interface board. and requirement for fan speed adjustment. The POUa board performs the following functions: l l l l l l l Provides two channels over channelized optical STM-1/OC-3 ports based on IP protocol Supports IP over E1/T1 over SDH/SONET Provides MLPPP groups. It can be installed either in the MPS or in the EPS. For the EPS. 6..BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards 6. the POUa board supports channelized STM-1/OC-3 transmission based on IP protocol. The POUa board is optional. Supports 126 E1s or 168 T1s Provides the Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function between the active and standby POUa boards Supports the Iub interfaces Supports the extraction of line clock signals Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. For the MPS. l If the OMUc boards are not installed in slots 24 to 25 of the MPS. input voltage range.

17.17.2 Panel of the POUa Board There are LEDs and ports on the panel of the POUa board.3 LEDs on the POUa Board There are three LEDs on the POUa board: RUN. Ltd.. Figure 6-22 Panel of the POUa board 6. and ACT. ALM. Figure 6-22 shows the panel of the POUa board. 126 . Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Table 6-64 describes the LEDs on the POUa board.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards 6.

or the board is faulty. The board is in standby mode. 6. Ltd. There is no alarm. 127 . There is power supply. The board is in active mode. but the board is faulty. The board is in loading state.125s and OFF for 0. There is a fault alarm..17.125s ON OFF ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF Description The board is functional. Table 6-65 Ports on the POUa board Port Location Port Function Connecto r Type Multiplexin g E1 Port Number 0 to 62 Multiple xing T1 Port Number 0 to 83 The first port under LEDs RX TX Receiving optical port Transmitting optical port Receiving optical port Transmitting optical port Port for 2 MHz clock signal outputs LC/PC The second port under LEDs RX TX 2M0 and 2M1 LC/PC 63 to 125 84 to 167 Right above the sign "PARC" SMB male connector - - Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.4 Ports on the POUa Board There are two optical ports and two clock signal output ports on the POUa board. Table 6-65 describes the ports on the POUa board.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Table 6-64 LEDs on the POUa board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0. There is no power supply.

17. Ltd. Description of the DIP Switches Table 6-66 describes the DIP switches on the POUa board.5 DIP Switches on the POUa Board The POUa board provides two DIP switches. Layout of the DIP Switches Figure 6-23 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the POUa board. 128 . The front panel is faced to and combined with the bottom plate.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards 6. The two DIP switches are used to set the mode of the two STM-1/OC-3 optical ports. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Figure 6-23 Layout of the DIP switches on the POUa board (1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate CAUTION All the DIP switches on the POUa board are on the front panel of the sub-board.. and so the DIP switches are hidden in between. both of which are labeled S1.

weight. power consumption.4 mm Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. power supply. Table 6-67 Hardware specifications of the POUa board Item Dimensions Specification 248 mm x 32.3 mm x 395. Ltd. ON) (OFF.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Table 6-66 Description of the DIP switches on the POUa board DIP Switch S1 Bit 1-2 Setting of DIP Bit (ON.6 Technical Specifications of the POUa Board The technical specifications of the POUa board consist of hardware specifications and specifications of the optical ports and board processing capability. 129 . Table 6-67 describes the hardware specifications of the POUa board. operating temperature.. OFF) Meaning Setting loading mode to JTAG configuration Setting loading mode to CPU slave parallel configuration Setting working mode to T1 mode Setting working mode to E1 mode Setting the mapped path to AU3 Setting the mapped path to AU4 Setting the information structure to TU11 Setting the information structure to TU12 SONET SDH Reserved Reserved 3 ON OFF 4 ON OFF 5 ON OFF 6 ON OFF 7 8 - 6. and relative humidity. The hardware specifications consist of the dimensions.17.

130 .14 W 1.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Item Power supply Specification Two -48 V DC working in active/standby mode. 43. l The Iur-interface service processing specifications of the board are the same as its Iub-interface service processing specifications. Ltd.000 Erlang 1.30 kg 0°C to 45°C -5°C to +55°C 5% to 85% 5% to 95% Power consumption Weight Operating temperature (long-term) Operating temperature (short-term) Relative humidity (long-term) Relative humidity (short-term) Table 6-68 describes the specifications of the board processing capability. l The throughput specifications are based on the conditions of UL 64 kbit/s and DL 384 kbit/s. The backplane of the subrack is responsible for the power supply.. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.000 500/s 126 6.500 Erlang 120 Mbit/s 120 Mbit/s 240 Mbit/s NOTE l The preceding specifications are the maximum capability regarding the corresponding service. Table 6-68 Specifications of the board processing capability Item Number of UDP (User Datagram Protocol) ports Session setup/release times Iub Number of NodeBs Speech service in the CS domain Data service in the CS domain Maximum payload throughput (UL) Maximum payload throughput (DL) Maximum payload throughput (UL+DL) Specification 23. l The data service in the CS domain indicates the 64 kbit/s video phone service. l The number of session setup/release times indicates the signaling processing capacity of an Iub/Iu/Iurinterface board.

the POUc boards can be installed in slots 24 to 25 of the MPS. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The number of POUc boards to be installed depends on site requirements.0 dBm 1.0 dBm -19.0 dBm -15. When the MPS/EPS/TCS is configured with the SCUa board.0 dBm -5.18 POUc Board POUc refers to 4-port IP over channelized Optical STM-1/OC-3 interface Unit REV:c. When the MPS/EPS/TCS is configured with the SCUb board. For the MPS/EPS/TCS.0 dBm -37.52 Mbit/s 1. the POUc board can be installed in slots 4 to 5 and 14 to 23. NOTE l If the OMUa boards are not installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS.0 dBm -8. Ltd.310 nm 155.52 Mbit/s 1. the POUc board can be installed in slots 4 to 5 and 14 to 27.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Table 6-69 describes the specifications of the optical ports on the POUa board..0 dBm -30. 131 .310 nm 155.52 Mbit/s 6.310 nm 155. l If the OMUc boards are not installed in slots 24 to 25 of the MPS.0 dBm -31. Table 6-69 Specifications of the optical ports on the POUa board Item Specification Optical Module 155 M-1310 nm-2 kmMM-SFP Mode Type Maximum optical transmission distance Maximum output optical power Minimum output optical power Minimum receiver sensitivity Center wavelength Transmission rate Multi-mode LC/PC 2 km Optical Module 155 M-1310 nm-15 kmSM-ESFP Single mode LC/PC 15 km Optical Module 155 M-1310 nm-40 kmSM-ESFP Single mode LC/PC 40 km -14.0 dBm 0. It can be installed in the MPS/EPS/TCS. The POUc board is optional. the POUc boards can be installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS.

the POUc board supports IP over channelized STM-1/OC-3 transmission.. traffic statistics reporting.1 Functions of the POUc Board As an interface board. such as board management. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. as well as transmission port management and maintenance.2 Panel of the POUc Board There are LEDs and ports on the panel of the POUc board. l When the ports on the POUc board use TDM transmission. CPU0 mainly performs the management plane and control plane functions. alarm reporting. as well as establishment and clearing of channels for data flows.18.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards 6. CPU0 mainly performs the management plane functions. 132 . transmission port management and maintenance.18. Ltd. The POUc board performs the following functions: l l l l l Provides four channels over channelized optical STM-1/OC-3 ports based on IP protocol Supports the PPP function Extracts line clock signals Provides the Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function between the active and standby POUc boards Supports the Iub interfaces NOTE The POUc board has two CPUs: CPU0 and CPU1. l When the ports on the POUc board use IP transmission. and CPU1 mainly performs the control plane functions. These two CPUs perform different functions when the ports on the POUc board use different transmission modes. 6. and CPU1 mainly processes the signaling according to the MTP2 and Ater SL protocols. such as establishment and clearing of channels for data flows. traffic statistics reporting. Figure 6-24 shows the panel of the POUc board. such as board management. alarm reporting.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.125s Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Description The board is functional. ALM. Table 6-70 LEDs on the POUc board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0. The board is in loading state.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Figure 6-24 Panel of the POUc board 6. and LOS. Table 6-70 describes the LEDs on the POUc board. 133 .3 LEDs on the POUc Board There are four types of LEDs on the POUc board: RUN. Ltd.125s and OFF for 0.18. ACT..

but the board is faulty. The board is in active mode. The board is in standby mode.18. There is a fault alarm. The STM-1 port receives signals properly. ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF LOS Green ON OFF 6. The STM-1 port does not receive signals properly.. 134 . or the board is faulty.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards LED Color Status ON OFF Description There is power supply. Ltd. There is no power supply. There is no alarm. Table 6-71 describes the ports on the POUc board. Table 6-71 Ports on the POUc board Port Num ber 0 Port Function Connector Type LC/PC Multiplexing E1 Port Number 0 to 62 Multiplexing T1 Port Number 0 to 83 RX TX Receiving optical port Transmitting optical port Receiving optical port Transmitting optical port Receiving optical port Transmitting optical port Receiving optical port 1 RX TX LC/PC 63 to 125 84 to 167 2 RX TX LC/PC 126 to 188 168 to 251 3 RX LC/PC 189 to 251 252 to 335 Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.4 Ports on the POUc Board There are four optical ports on the POUc board.

3 mm x 395.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Port Num ber Port Function Connector Type Multiplexing E1 Port Number Multiplexing T1 Port Number TX Transmitting optical port 6. power supply.000 Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. power consumption.25 W 1. Table 6-72 Hardware specifications of the POUc board Item Dimensions Power supply Specification 248 mm x 32. operating temperature. weight. Table 6-72 describes the hardware specifications of the POUc board. 77.. Table 6-73 Specifications of the board processing capability Item Number of User Datagram Protocol (UDP) ports Specification 129.4 mm Two -48 V DC working in active/standby mode. and relative humidity. Ltd.50 kg 0°C to 45°C -5°C to +55°C 5% to 85% 5% to 95% Power consumption Weight Temperature required when working for a long time Temperature required when working for a short time Relative humidity required when working for a long time Relative humidity required when working for a short time Table 6-73 describes the specifications of the board processing capability. The backplane of the subrack is responsible for the power supply.18. 135 .5 Technical Specifications of the POUc Board The technical specifications of the POUc board consist of hardware specifications and specifications of the optical ports and board processing capability. The hardware specifications consist of the dimensions.

Ltd. Table 6-74 describes the specifications of the optical ports on the POUc board. l The throughput specifications are based on the conditions of UL 64 kbit/s and DL 384 kbit/s.0 dBm 0.. l The number of session setup/release times indicates the signaling processing capability of an Iub/Iu/ Iur interface board. l The Iur service processing specifications of the board are the same as its Iub service processing specifications. l The data service in the CS domain indicates the 64 kbit/s video phone service. 136 .000 Erlang 6000 Erlang 400 Mbit/s 400 Mbit/s 800 Mbit/s NOTE l The specifications stated above are the maximum capability regarding the corresponding service.0 dBm Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Table 6-74 Specifications of the optical ports on the POUc board Item Specification Optical Module 155 M-1310 nm-2 kmMM-SFP Mode Type Maximum optical transmission distance Maximum output optical power Multi-mode LC/PC 2 km Optical Module 155 M-1310 nm-15 kmSM-ESFP Single mode LC/PC 15 km Optical Module 155 M-1310 nm-40 kmSM-ESFP Single mode LC/PC 40 km -14.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Item Session setup/release times Iub Number of NodeBs Speech service in the CS domain Data service in the CS domain Maximum payload throughput (UL) Maximum payload throughput (DL) Maximum payload throughput (UL+DL) Specification 5000/s 252 18.0 dBm -8.

2 Panel of the SAUa Board There are LEDs.19 SAUa Board SAUa (Service Aware Unit REV:a): SAUa refers to the Service Aware Unit REV:a. l The SAUa board must be installed in the lowest subrack of the cabinet for good heat dissipation. 12.. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.0 dBm Minimum output optical power Minimum receiver sensitivity Center wavelength Transmission rate -19. The SAUa board performs the following functions: l l l Receives the MML command from the Nastar system to manage and pre-process the data. When the MPS is reset.0 dBm Optical Module 155 M-1310 nm-40 kmSM-ESFP -5. other boards except the SAUa board will be reset.0 dBm -31.52 Mbit/s 1310 nm 155. which has no impact on SAUa services. One SAUa board occupies two slots.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Item Specification Optical Module 155 M-1310 nm-2 kmMM-SFP Optical Module 155 M-1310 nm-15 kmSM-ESFP -15. filters and summarizes raw data of the BSC6900 as required by the Nastar. ports.19.0 dBm 1310 nm 155. and hard disks on the panel of the SAUa board. The SAUa board is twice the width of other boards. l The SAUa board is preferentially installed in the MPS. 7. NOTE l The standby SAUa board is not required. Pre-processes the raw data reported by the NEs. other boards except the OMUa/ OMUc and SAUa board will be reset. l The SAUa is installed in the EPS. Uploads the pre-processed data to the Nastar through the M2000 for analysis.52 Mbit/s 1310 nm 155.0 dBm -37.52 Mbit/s 6.0 dBm -30. 6. Rear slots of the MPS are recommended. which has no impact on SAUa services.19. The pre-processed data is uploaded to the Nastar through the M2000 for analysis. or installed in the slots except slots 6 and 7 on the lowest EPS of the EPR. buttons. that is. An SAUa board is optionally installed in one BSC6900.1 Functions of the SAUa Board The SAUa board collects data reported by the NEs and pre-processes the collected data. l The SAUa board is installed in the MPS. When the EPS is reset. and 13 in the MPS. The SAUa board can be installed in the slots except slots 6. 6. Ltd. 137 .

138 .BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Figure 6-25 shows the panel of the SAUa board. Ltd. Figure 6-25 Panel of the SAUa board (1) Captive screw (2) Ejector lever (5) ALM LED (9) USB port (13) COM port (17) Hard disks (6) ACT LED (10) ETH0 Ethernet port (14) VGA port (18) Screws for securing the hard disk (3) Self-locking latch (7) RESET Button (15) HD LEDs (4) RUN LED (8) SHUTDOWN Button (16) OFFLINE LED (11) ETH1 Ethernet port (12) ETH2 Ethernet port Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co..

Data on the hard disk is being read or written. After the OFFLINE LED is on. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l The SHUTDOWN button is used only for powering off the board in emergency.125s ON OFF ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF OFFLINE Blue ON OFF ON for 0.4 Ports on the SAUa Board There are four USB ports. The board is being started. The board cannot be removed. There is an alarm. one COM0-ALM/COM1-BMC port. There is no power supply.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description NOTE 6 Boards l In a normal situation. which may scratch the surface of the hard disks in the SAUa board. and OFFLINE. three GE ports. No data on the hard disk is being read or written.19. Ltd.. but the board is faulty. l The RESET button is used to reset the system. ALM.125s HD Green OFF Blinking Description The board is functional. avoid pressing the SHUTDOWN or RESET button. HD.125s and OFF for 0. or the board is faulty. 6. l If possible. you need to simultaneously pivot the top and bottom ejector levers away from the front panel of the SAUa board. 139 . There is power supply.3 LEDs on the SAUa Board There are five types of LEDs on the SAUa board: RUN. Table 6-75 LEDs on the SAUa board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0. ACT. turn off the power switch. There is no alarm. Table 6-76 describes the ports on the SAUa board. and one VGA port on the SAUa board. The board can be removed. The board is in active mode. It works in the same way as the reset button on the PC. 6.19. Table 6-75 describes the LEDs on the SAUa board.125s and OFF for 0. The board is disconnected. The board is being switched over to the other working mode.

weight. Table 6-77 Physical specifications Item Dimensions Power supply Specifications of the SAUa Board 248 mm x 64.4 mm Two -48 V DC inputs in active/standby mode. Port for the video Connector Type USB RJ45 DB9 VGA DB15 6. power supply. number of CPUs. operating temperature. GE ports Serial port.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Table 6-76 Ports on the SAUa board Port USB0-1 and USB2-3 ETH0 to ETH2 COM-ALM/COM-BMC Function USB ports.6 mm x 395. The power inputs are led by the backplane of the subrack. 140 ..0 kg 146 G x 2 (RAID 1) 2G 5°C to 40°C 0°C to 50°C 5% to 85% Number of CPUs Power consumption Weight Capacity of the hard disk Memory capacity Temperature required for the long-term operation Temperature required for the short-term operation Relative humidity required for the long-term operation Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. memory capacity.5 Technical Specifications of the SAUa Board The technical specifications of the SAUa board include physical specifications and performance counters. hard disk capacity. Physical Specifications Table 6-77 describes the physical specifications for the SAUa board. power consumption. This port is used for system commissioning or as a common serial port. and relative humidity.19. Ltd. 4 120 W 4. These ports are used to connect USB devices. The physical specifications refer to the dimensions.

To ensure the lifespan of the SAUa board. Due to a short lifespan of the mechanical hard disk. such as high temperature and high altitude. 7. 6. 141 . Ltd. and 13 in the MPS. the SAUa board must be protected against vibration. the lifespan of the SAUa board is about 5 years.20 SAUc Board SAUc refers to Service Aware Unit REV:c.. The lifespan of the board is shortened by adverse environments. Rear slots of the MPS are recommended. Table 6-79 Bandwidth for communication between the SAUa board and the M2000 Number of UMTS Cells Number of cells < 500 500 ≤ Number of cells ≤ 1500 Number of cells < 1500 Transmission Bandwidth (kbit/s) 128 768 2048 The SAUa board contains a mechanical hard disk. The SAUc board can be installed in the slots except slots 6.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Item Relative humidity required for the short-term operation Specifications of the SAUa Board 5% to 95% Performance Counters Table 6-78 describes the performance counters for the SAUa board. Table 6-78 Performance counters Item Time taken for starting the SAUa board Counters of the SAUa Board The restart of the SAUa caused by a fault lasts for about three minutes. Bandwidth Requirement The SAUa board occupies certain bandwidth when communicating with the M2000. 12. Table 6-79 describes the bandwidth for communication between the SAUa board and the M2000. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. shock and abnormal shutdown.

other boards except the OMUa/OMUc and SAUc board will be reset. l The SAUc board must be installed in the MPS and cannot be installed in the EPS for good heat dissipation. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description NOTE 6 Boards l The standby SAUc board is not required. Figure 6-26 shows the panel of the SAUc board. ports.1 Functions of the SAUc Board The SAUc board collects data reported by the NEs and pre-processes the collected data. that is. The pre-processed data is uploaded to the Nastar through the M2000 for analysis.20.2 Panel of the SAUc Board There are LEDs. The SAUc board is installed in the MPS. l The SAUc and OMUa/OMUc boards cannot be configured in a pair of active/standby slots. The SAUc board performs the following functions: l l l Receives the MML command from the Nastar system to manage and pre-process the data. which has no impact on SAU services. 6. Pre-processes the raw data reported by the NEs. 6. Ltd. 142 . When the MPS is reset. Uploads the pre-processed data to the Nastar through the M2000 for analysis. filters and summarizes raw data of the BSC6900 as required by the Nastar. and buttons on the panel of the SAUc board..20. One SAUc board is optionally installed in one BSC6900.

turn off the power switch. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. After the OFL (OFFLINE) LED is on.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Figure 6-26 Panel of the SAUc board (1) Captive screw (5) ALM LED (9) OFL LED (13) VGA port (2) Ejector lever (6) ACT LED (10) COM port (14) USB port (3) Self-locking latch (7) Power button (11) ETH0 Ethernet port (15) ETH2 Ethernet port (4) RUN LED (8) HDD LED (12) ETH1 Ethernet port NOTE In a normal situation.. you need to simultaneously pivot the top and bottom ejector levers away from the front panel of the SAUc board. 143 .

Data on the hard disk is being read or written. There is power supply. The board is being switched over to the other working mode. Table 6-80 LEDs on the SAUc board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0. and OFL.20. or the board is faulty. There is no power supply. one COM port. Ltd. The board can be removed. ACT. These ports are used to connect USB devices. but the board is faulty.125s and OFF for 0.125s HDD Green OFF Blinking Description The board is functional.3 LEDs on the SAUc Board There are five types of LEDs on the SAUc board: RUN. There is no alarm. Connector Type USB Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Table 6-80 describes the LEDs on the SAUc board.125s ON OFF ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF OFL Blue ON OFF ON for 0. The board cannot be removed. Table 6-81 Ports on the SAUc board Port USB0-1 and USB2-3 Function USB ports. Table 6-81 describes the ports on the SAUc board. 144 . No data on the hard disk is being read or written. HDD.20.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards 6. ALM. The board is being started. There is an alarm.125s and OFF for 0.4 Ports on the SAUc Board There are four USB ports. three GE ports. The board is disconnected. 6. and one VGA port on the SAUc board.. The board is in active mode.

Physical Specifications Table 6-82 describes the physical specifications of the SAUc board. operating temperature. power consumption.20.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Port ETH0 to ETH2 COM VGA Function GE ports Serial port for commissioning Port for the video Connector Type RJ45 DB9 DB15 6.5 Technical Specifications of the SAUc Board The technical specifications of the SAUc board include physical specifications and performance counters. number of CPUs.4 mm Two -48 V DC inputs in active/standby mode. weight.3 mm x 395.5 kg 500 GB 8 GB 5°C to 40°C 0°C to 50°C 5% to 85% 5% to 95% Performance Counters Table 6-83 describes the performance specifications of the SAUc board. 145 .. memory capacity. Table 6-82 Physical specifications Item Dimensions Power supply Number of CPUs Power consumption Weight Capacity of the hard disk Memory capacity Temperature required for the long-term operation Temperature required for the short-term operation Relative humidity required for the long-term operation Relative humidity required for the short-term operation Specifications of the SAUc Board 248 mm x 32. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The physical specifications refer to the dimensions. power supply. and relative humidity. Ltd. 6 90 W 2. The power inputs are led by the backplane of the subrack. hard disk capacity.

The SCUa board performs the following functions: l l l Provides the maintenance management function Provides configuration and maintenance of a subrack or of the entire BSC6900 Monitors the power supply. the lifespan of the SAUc board is about 5 years.. Table 6-84 describes the bandwidth occupied by the SAUc board. the SAUc board must be protected against vibration. fans. 146 Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) .21 SCUa Board SCUa refers to GE Switching network and Control Unit REV:a. Thus. 6.1 Functions of the SCUa Board The SCUa board provides the maintenance management and GE switching platform for the subrack in which it is located.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Table 6-83 Performance counters Item Time taken for starting the SAUc board Specifications of the SAUc Board The restart of the SAUc caused by a fault lasts for about three minutes. Two SCUa boards must be installed in slots 6 and 7 in the MPS/EPS. such as high temperature and high altitude. Due to a short lifespan of the mechanical hard disk. 6. Table 6-84 Bandwidth for communication between the SAUc board and the M2000 Number of UMTS Cells Number of cells < 500 500 ≤ Number of cells ≤ 1500 Number of cells < 1500 Transmission Bandwidth (kbit/s) 128 768 2048 The SAUc board contains a mechanical hard disk. the BSC6900 internal MAC switching is implemented and the internal switching in turn enables complete connection between modules of the BSC6900. shock and abnormal shutdown. Ltd. To ensure the lifespan of the SAUc board. The lifespan of the board is shortened by adverse environments. Bandwidth Requirement The SAUc board occupies certain bandwidth when communicating with the M2000. The SCUa board is mandatory. and environment of the cabinet Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.21.

Figure 6-27 shows the panel of the SCUa board.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards l l l l l Supports the port trunking function Supports the active/standby switchover Enables inter-subrack connections Provides a total switching capacity of 60 Gbit/s Distributes clock signals and RFN signals for the BSC6900 6.21.2 Panel of the SCUa Board There are LEDs and ports on the panel of the SCUa board. 147 . Figure 6-27 Panel of the SCUa board Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Ltd.

Table 6-85 describes the LEDs on the SCUa board. but the board is faulty. There is data transmission over the Ethernet port. one clock signal input port. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and other LEDs indicate the status of Ethernet ports. The board is in loading state.3 LEDs on the SCUa Board Among all the LEDs on the SCUa board. or the board is faulty. There is no data transmission over the Ethernet port. and one TESTOUT port on the SCUa board.21.21. The link is disconnected. There is no alarm.4 Ports on the SCUa Board There are twelve 10/100/1000BASE-T ports.. Table 6-85 LEDs on the SCUa board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0. There is power supply. and ACT indicate the status of the SCUa board. The board is in standby mode. The link is well connected.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards 6. ALM.125s ON OFF ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF LINK (at the Ethernet port) ACT (at the Ethernet port) Green ON OFF Green OFF Description The board is functional. There is no power supply. There are two LEDs at each Ethernet port: LINK and ACT. There is a fault alarm.125s and OFF for 0. Blinking 6. Table 6-86 describes the ports on the SCUa board. Ltd. one COM port. The board is in active mode. 148 . RUN.

RJ45 Serial port for commissioning. Port for clock signal outputs. and switching capacity. weight. . used for the intersubrack connection. relative humidity. operating temperature.5 Technical Specifications of the SCUa Board The technical specifications of the SCUa board consist of the dimensions. used to receive the 8 kHz and the 1 PPS clock signals from the GCUa/GCGa board. 54. Ltd.5 W 1. power consumption.3 mm x 395. RJ45 RJ45 TESTOUT SMB male connector 6.. Table 6-87 describes the technical specifications of the SCUa board.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Table 6-86 Ports on the SCUa board Port 10/100/100 0BASE-T0 to 10/100/100 0BASE-T9 10/100/100 0BASET10 to 10/100/100 0BASET11 COM CLKIN Function 10M/100M/1000M Ethernet ports.2 kg 0°C to 45°C -5°C to +55°C 5% to 85% 5% to 95% 149 Power consumption Weight Operating temperature (long-term) Operating temperature (short-term) Relative humidity (long-term) Relative humidity (short-term) Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The backplane of the subrack is responsible for the power supply.4 mm Two -48 V DC working in active/standby mode. Port for reference clock signal inputs. The clock signals are used for testing. Connector Type RJ45 10M/100M/1000M Ethernet ports. Table 6-87 Technical specifications of the SCUa board Item Dimensions Power supply Specification 248 mm x 32. power supply. the two ports are unused in the BSC6900.21.

150 . and two SCUb boards are installed in subrack 1. Two SCUb boards must be installed in slots 6 and 7 in the MPS/EPS. two SCUa boards are installed in subrack 0. SCUa and SCUb boards can be simultaneously installed in two separate subracks of the same or different cabinets. Thus. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1 Functions of the SCUb Board The SCUb board provides the maintenance management and GE switching platform for the subrack in which it is located.. the switching bandwidth of each slot reduces by half. the BSC6900 internal MAC switching is implemented and the internal switching in turn enables complete connection between all modules of the BSC6900. NOTE SCUa and SCUb boards cannot be simultaneously installed in slots 6 and 7 of the same subrack. Ltd. 6. The SCUb board is mandatory. For example.22. 6. Figure 6-28 Switching bandwidth of each slot when the subrack is configured with two SCUa boards NOTE If only one SCUa board is functioning in the subrack.22 SCUb Board SCUb refers to GE Switching network and Control Unit REV:b.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Item Switching capacity Specification 60 Gbit/s Figure 6-28 shows the switching bandwidth of each slot when the subrack is configured with two SCUa boards.

151 . fans.22.2 Panel of the SCUb Board There are LEDs and ports on the panel of the SCUb board.. Ltd. and environment of the cabinet Supports the port trunking function Supports the active/standby switchover Enables inter-subrack connections Provides a total switching capacity of 240 Gbit/s Distributes clock signals and RFN signals for the BSC6900 6.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards The SCUb board performs the following functions: l l l l l l l l Provides the maintenance management function Provides configuration and maintenance of a subrack or of the entire BSC6900 Monitors the power supply. Figure 6-29 Panel of the SCUb board Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Figure 6-29 shows the panel of the SCUb board.

The board is in active mode. but the board is faulty. 152 . The link is well connected.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards 6. and 10G LINK indicates the status of each 10G Ethernet port. and ACT indicate the status of the SCUb board. There is no data transmission over the Ethernet port. There is no power supply. The board is in loading state. The link is disconnected. The link is well connected.. or the board is faulty.3 LEDs on the SCUb Board Among all the LEDs on the SCUb board. Table 6-88 LEDs on the SCUb board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0. The board is in standby mode.22. Ltd. LINK and ACT indicate the status of each 10M/100M/1000M Ethernet port.125s and OFF for 0. Blinking 10G LINK Green ON OFF 6.22. ALM. There is no alarm. Table 6-89 describes the ports on the SCUb board.125s ON OFF ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF LINK (at the Ethernet port) ACT (at the Ethernet port) Green ON OFF Green OFF Description The board is functional. There is power supply.4 Ports on the SCUb Board There are 15 ports on the SCUb board. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Table 6-88 describes the LEDs on the SCUb board. There is data transmission over the Ethernet port. RUN. There is a fault alarm. The link is disconnected.

These ports can use SFP+ High-Speed cable transmission.5 kg 0°C to 45°C -5°C to +55°C 153 Power consumption Weight Operating temperature (long-term) Operating temperature (short-term) Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. operating temperature. relative humidity. the two ports are unused in the BSC6900. used for the inter-subrack connection. The backplane of the subrack is responsible for the power supply. Table 6-90 Technical specifications of the SCUb board Item Dimensions Power supply Specification 248 mm x 32.5 Technical Specifications of the SCUb Board The technical specifications of the SCUb board consist of the dimensions. and switching capacity. power consumption. The clock signals are used for testing. power supply. used for the intersubrack connection Connector Type RJ45 10M/100M/1000M Ethernet ports. RJ45 10 Gbit/s Ethernet ports. 78 W 1. weight. . Serial port for commissioning Input port for reference clock signals. SFP+ RJ45 RJ45 TESTOUT SMB male connector 6.4 mm Two -48 V DC working in active/standby mode. used to receive the 8 kHz and the 1 PPS clock signals from the GCUa/GCGa board Output port for clock signals..3 mm x 395. Ltd.22.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Table 6-89 Ports on the SCUb board Port 10/100/100 0BASE-T0 to 10/100/100 0BASE-T5 10/100/100 0BASE-T6 to 10/100/100 0BASE-T7 10G-T8 to 10G-T811 COM CLKIN Function 10M/100M/1000M Ethernet ports. Table 6-90 describes the technical specifications of the SCUb board.

For the EPS. Two to eighteen SPUa boards can be installed in the MPS/EPS.. the SPUa boards can be installed in slots 0 to 5. slots 8 to 11.23 SPUa Board SPUa refers to Signaling Processing Unit REV:a.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Item Relative humidity (long-term) Relative humidity (short-term) Switching capacity Specification 5% to 85% 5% to 95% 240 Gbit/s Figure 6-30 shows the switching bandwidth of each slot when the subrack is configured with two SCUb boards. slots 8 to 27. The SPUa board is optional. slots 14 to 23. the switching bandwidth of each slot reduces by half. 154 . Ltd. slots 26 to 27. 6. the SPUa boards can be installed in slots 0 to 5. Figure 6-30 Switching bandwidth of each slot when the subrack is configured with two SCUb boards NOTE If only one SCUb board is functioning in the subrack. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. For the MPS.

the SPUa boards can be installed in slots 26 to 27 of the MPS. the IMSIRNTI maintenance and query. Iu. and establishing signaling and service connections Processing RFN signaling Non-Main Control SPUa Board The non-main control SPUa board has four logical subsystems.23.. and Iub interfaces Processing transport layer signaling Allocating and managing the various resources that are necessary for service setup. which is used to process the services on the control plane. l If Logical function type is set to UCP. Subsystem 0 of the main control SPUa board is the Main Processing Unit (MPU). which is used to process the services on the control plane. the SPUa board is functionally divided into main control SPUa board and non-main control SPUa board. The functions are described as follows: l l l l Managing the user plane resources. Main Control SPUa Board The main control SPUa board has four logical subsystems. The functions are described as follows: Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 6. control plane resources. The non-main control SPUa board is used to process the UMTS services on the control plane.1 Functions of the SPUa Board Loaded with different software. 155 .BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description NOTE 6 Boards l If the OMUa boards are not installed in slots 26 to 27 of the MPS. the SPUa board serves as a non-main control SPUa board. managing the load sharing of the user plane resources between subracks Maintaining the load of the control plane within the subrack. and transmission resources of the system. l If the OMUc boards are not installed in slots 26 to 27 of the MPS. NOTE Run the ADD BRD command to configure the logic function type of an SPUa board: l If Logical function type is set to RUCP. control plane resources. The functions are described as follows: l l l l Processing upper-layer signaling over the Uu. l The SPUa board cannot be configured in slot 24 or slot 25 of MPS. Iur. and transmission resources in the system and process the UMTS services on the control plane. exchanging the load information on the control planes between subracks Providing functions such as the logical main control function of the BSC6900. and the IMSI-CNid maintenance and query Forwarding the RRC connection request message to implement the sharing of user plane resources and sharing of control plane resources in the BSC6900 Subsystems 1 to 3 of the main control SPUa board belong to the CPU for Service (CPUS). the SPUa boards can be installed in slots 26 to 27 of the MPS. The four subsystems of the non-main control SPUa board belong to the CPUS. the SPUa board serves as a main control SPUa board. The main control SPUa board is used to manage the UMTS user plane resources. Ltd. It is used to manage the user plane resources.

Iu. Figure 6-31 Panel of the SPUa board Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.2 Panel of the SPUa Board There are LEDs and ports on the panel of the SPUa board. Iur. Figure 6-31 shows the panel of the SPUa board. and Iub interfaces Processing transport layer signaling Allocating and managing the various resources that are necessary for service setup.. and establishing signaling and service connections Processing RFN signaling 6.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards l l l l Processing upper-layer signaling over the Uu. 156 .23.

and other LEDs indicate the status of Ethernet ports. There are two LEDs at each Ethernet port: LINK and ACT. and ACT indicate the status of the SPUb board. There is no power supply. There is power supply. 6. There is data transmission over the Ethernet port.3 LEDs on the SPUa Board Among all the LEDs on the SPUa board. 157 . The board is in loading state. There is no data transmission over the Ethernet port. There is no alarm.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards 6.125s ON OFF ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF LINK (at the Ethernet port) ACT (at the Ethernet port) Green ON OFF Green OFF Blinking Description The board is functional. Table 6-91 LEDs on the SPUa board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0. or the board is faulty.23. The board is in standby mode. The link is well connected.. The board is in active mode. but the board is faulty.4 Ports on the SPUa Board There are four 10/100/1000BASE-T ports on the SPUa board. Ltd. Table 6-92 describes the ports on the SPUa board.125s and OFF for 0. The link is disconnected. RUN. ALM. There is a fault alarm. Table 6-92 Ports on the SPUa board Port 10/100/1000BASE-T0 to 10/100/1000BASE-T3 Function Ethernet ports Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Table 6-91 describes the LEDs on the SPUa board.23.

weight. see theBSC6900 Configuration Principles. Table 6-93 Technical specifications of the SPUa board Item Dimensions Power supply Specification 248 mm x 32. slots 14 to 23 and slots 26 to 27..BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards 6. 158 .4 mm Two -48 V DC working in active/standby mode. The SPUb board is optional. For the EPS. the SPUb boards can be installed in slots 0 to 5. 300 cells.23. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 300 cells. relative humidity. For the MPS. Table 6-93 describes the technical specifications of the SPUa board. Ltd.000 Busy Hour Call Attempts (BHCAs) Power consumption Weight Temperature required for the long-term operation Temperature required for the short-term operation Relative humidity required for the longterm operation Relative humidity required for the shortterm operation Processing capability of the main control SPUa board Processing capability of the non-main control SPUa board NOTE The preceding BHCA specification is calculated on the basis of Huawei traffic model. the SPUb boards can be installed in slots 0 to 5 and slots 8 to 27.3 mm x 395. slots 8 to 11. power consumption.24 SPUb Board SPUb refers to Signaling Processing Unit REV:b. power supply. and 90. For details of Huawei traffic model.500 BHCAs Supporting 100 NodeBs. Two to eighteen SPUb boards can be installed in the MPS and in the EPS.60 kg 0°C to 45°C -5°C to +55°C 5% to 85% 5% to 95% Supporting 100 NodeBs. 76. The BHCA specification configured for an SPU depends on the actual traffic model. 6. The backplane of the subrack is responsible for the power supply. and 67. and board processing capability.5 Technical Specifications of the SPUa Board The technical specifications of the SPUa board consist of the dimensions.60 W 1. operating temperature.

the SPUb board serves as a main control SPUb board. Iu.24.. Ltd. l The SPUb board cannot be configured in slot 24 or slot 25 of MPS. Iur. and establishing signaling and service connections Processing RFN signaling Non-Main Control SPUb Board The non-main control SPUb board has eight logical subsystems. managing the load sharing of the user plane resources between subracks Maintaining the load of the control plane within the subrack. NOTE Run the ADD BRD command to configure the logic function type of an SPUb board: l If Logical function type is set to RUCP. 159 . the SPUb board is functionally divided into main control SPUb board and non-main control SPUb board. The functions are described as follows: l l l l Managing the user plane resources. the SPUb boards can be installed in slots 26 to 27 of the MPS. The functions are described as follows: l l l l Processing upper-layer signaling over the Uu. and Iub interfaces Processing transport layer signaling Allocating and managing the various resources that are necessary for service setup. the SPUb boards can be installed in slots 26 to 27 of the MPS. the IMSIRNTI maintenance and query.1 Functions of the SPUb Board Loaded with different software. The main control SPUb board is used to manage the UMTS user plane resources. the SPUb board serves as a non-main control SPUb board. and the IMSI-CNid maintenance and query Forwarding the RRC connection request message to implement the sharing of user plane resources and sharing of control plane resources in the BSC6900 Subsystems 1 to 7 of the main control SPUb board belong to the CPU for Service (CPUS). which is used to process the services on the control plane. and transmission resources in the system and process the UMTS services on the control plane. The functions are described as follows: Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 6. The non-main control SPUb board is used to process the UMTS services on the control plane. which is used to process the services on the control plane. exchanging the load information on the control planes between subracks Providing functions such as the logical main control function of the BSC6900. Subsystem 0 of the main control SPUb board is the Main Processing Unit (MPU). and transmission resources of the system. It is used to manage the user plane resources. l If Logical function type is set to UCP. l If the OMUc boards are not installed in slots 26 to 27 of the MPS. The eight subsystems of the non-main control SPUb board belong to the CPUS.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description NOTE 6 Boards l If the OMUa boards are not installed in slots 26 to 27 of the MPS. Main Control SPUb Board The main control SPUb board has eight logical subsystems. control plane resources. control plane resources.

Iu..2 Panel of the SPUb Board There are LEDs and ports on the panel of the SPUb board. Figure 6-32 shows the panel of the SPUb board.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards l l l l Processing upper-layer signaling over the Uu.24. Figure 6-32 Panel of the SPUb board Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and Iub interfaces Processing transport layer signaling Allocating and managing the various resources that are necessary for service setup. Iur. Ltd. and establishing signaling and service connections Processing RFN signaling 6. 160 .

and ACT indicate the status of the SPUb board.4 Ports on the SPUb Board There are four 10/100/1000BASE-T ports on the SPUb board. The link is disconnected. or the board is faulty.125s and OFF for 0.125s ON OFF ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF LINK (at the Ethernet port) ACT (at the Ethernet port) Green ON OFF Orange OFF Blinking Description The board is functional. RUN. There is no power supply. and other LEDs indicate the status of Ethernet ports. Table 6-94 describes the LEDs on the SPUb board. There is no data transmission over the Ethernet port. The board is in loading state.24. Table 6-94 LEDs on the SPUb board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0. 161 . The link is well connected. There are two LEDs at each Ethernet port: LINK and ACT.24. There is data transmission over the Ethernet port. There is no alarm. There is power supply. There is a fault alarm. but the board is faulty..3 LEDs on the SPUb Board Among all the LEDs on the SPUb board. ALM. The board is in active mode.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards 6. Table 6-95 describes the ports on the SPUb board. 6. The board is in standby mode. Table 6-95 Ports on the SPUb board Port 10/100/1000BASE-T0 to 10/100/1000BASE-T3 Function Ethernet ports Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.

the UOIa board can be installed in slots 14 to 23. The number of UOIa boards to be installed depends on site requirements.000 BHCAs Power consumption Weight Temperature required for the long-term operation Temperature required for the short-term operation Relative humidity required for the longterm operation Relative humidity required for the shortterm operation Processing capability of the main control SPUb board Processing capability of the non-main control SPUb board NOTE The preceding BHCA specification is calculated on the basis of Huawei traffic model. power supply.25 UOIa Board UOIa refers to 4-port ATM over Unchannelized Optical STM-1/OC-3c Interface unit REV:a.5 Technical Specifications of the SPUb Board The technical specifications of the SPUb board consist of the dimensions. power consumption.2 kg 0°C to 45°C -5°C to +55°C 5% to 85% 5% to 95% Supporting 180 NodeBs.3 W 1. the UOIa board can be installed in slots 14 to 27.000 BHCAs Supporting 180 NodeBs. relative humidity. and 114. weight. Table 6-96 Technical specifications of the SPUb board Item Dimensions Power supply Specification 248 mm x 32. The BHCA specification configured for an SPU depends on the actual traffic model. The UOIa board is optional.24. Table 6-96 describes the technical specifications of the SPUb board. For details of Huawei traffic model.. 600 cells.4 mm Two -48 V DC working in active/standby mode. 600 cells. The backplane of the subrack is responsible for the power supply. 52. It can be installed either in the MPS or in the EPS. and board processing capability. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 162 . 6. see theBSC6900 Configuration Principles.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards 6. For the MPS. For the EPS. operating temperature. and 130. Ltd.3 mm x 395.

and Iub interfaces Supports the extraction of line clock signals 6.25. the UOIa boards can be installed in slots 24 to 25 of the MPS. l If the OMUc boards are not installed in slots 24 to 25 of the MPS. Iur. 163 . the UOIa boards can be installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Figure 6-33 shows the panel of the UOIa board. 6.. Ltd.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description NOTE 6 Boards l If the OMUa boards are not installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS. The UOIa board performs the following functions: l l l l l Provides four unchannelized STM-1/OC-3c optical interfaces Supports ATM over SDH/SONET Provides the Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function between the active and standby UOIa boards Supports the Iu.25.2 Panel of the UOIa Board There are LEDs and ports on the panel of the UOIa board. the UOIa board supports ATM over unchannelized STM-1/OC-3c transmission.1 Functions of the UOIa Board As an optical interface board.

Description The board is functional.3 LEDs on the UOIa Board There are three LEDs on the UOIa board: RUN. The board is in loading state. 164 . ALM.25. Ltd.. and ACT.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Figure 6-33 Panel of the UOIa board 6.125s Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.125s and OFF for 0. Table 6-97 LEDs on the UOIa board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0. Table 6-97 describes the LEDs on the UOIa board.

TX refers to the transmitting optical port. Table 6-99 describes the hardware specifications of the UOIa board. Port for 2 MHz clock signal outputs Connector Type LC/PC SMB male connector 6. and RX refers to the receiving optical port. There is a fault alarm. Table 6-99 Hardware specifications of the UOIa board Item Dimensions Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Specification 248 mm x 32.3 mm x 395.25. Table 6-98 Ports on the UOIa board Port RX TX 2M0 and 2M1 Function Optical port. operating temperature. ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF 6.5 Technical Specifications of the UOIa Board The technical specifications of the UOIa board consist of hardware specifications and specifications of the optical ports and board processing capability. used to transmit and receive optical signals. but the board is faulty. power supply..4 mm Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.4 Ports on the UOIa Board There are four optical ports and two clock signal output ports on the UOIa board. The board is in active mode.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards LED Color Status ON OFF Description There is power supply. There is no power supply. Table 6-98 describes the ports on the UOIa board. and relative humidity. weight. power consumption. Ltd. or the board is faulty. The board is in standby mode. The hardware specifications consist of the dimensions.25. There is no alarm. 165 .

166 . Table 6-100 Specifications of the processing capability of the UOIa board in ATM transmission mode Item Number of channel identifiers (CIDs) Session setup/release times Iub Number of NodeBs Speech service in the CS domain Data service in the CS domain Maximum payload throughput (UL) Maximum payload throughput (DL) Maximum payload throughput (UL +DL) Iu-CS Speech service in the CS domain Data service in the CS domain Iu-PS Maximum payload throughput (UL) Maximum payload throughput (DL) Maximum payload throughput (UL +DL) Specification 23. Ltd.000 Erlang 3.000 Erlang 3.000 500/s 300 9. The backplane of the subrack is responsible for the power supply.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Item Power supply Power consumption Weight Operating temperature (long-term) Operating temperature (short-term) Relative humidity (long-term) Relative humidity (short-term) Specification Two -48 V DC working in active/standby mode.15 kg 0°C to 45°C -5°C to +55°C 5% to 85% 5% to 95% Table 6-100 describes the specifications of the processing capability of the UOIa board in ATM transmission mode.000 Erlang 150 Mbit/s 385 Mbit/s 535 Mbit/s Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 30.05 W 1..000 Erlang 225 Mbit/s 225 Mbit/s 450 Mbit/s 9.

310 nm 155. l The data service in the CS domain indicates the 64 kbit/s video phone service. The number of UOIc boards to be installed depends on site requirements.0 dBm 0.0 dBm 1. The average length of packets over the Iu-PS interface is 420 Bytes.26 UOIc Board UOIc refers to 8-port ATM over Unchannelized Optical STM-1/OC-3c Interface unit REV:c.52 Mbit/s 1. When the MPS/EPS is configured with the SCUa board.0 dBm -8.0 dBm -31.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description NOTE 6 Boards l The preceding specifications are the maximum capability regarding the corresponding service.52 Mbit/s 1. Table 6-101 Specifications of the optical ports on the UOIa board Item Specification Optical Module 155 M-1310 nm-2 kmMM-SFP Mode Type Maximum optical transmission distance Maximum output optical power Minimum output optical power Minimum receiver sensitivity Center wavelength Transmission rate Multi-mode LC/PC 2 km Optical Module 155 M-1310 nm-15 kmSM-ESFP Single mode LC/PC 15 km Optical Module 155 M-1310 nm-40 kmSM-ESFP Single mode LC/PC 40 km -14.0 dBm -30. the UOIc board can be installed in slots 16 to 23 in the MPS/EPS.0 dBm -15. Table 6-101 describes the specifications of the optical ports on the UOIa board.0 dBm -19. l The number of session setup/release times indicates the signaling processing capacity of an Iub/Iu/Iurinterface board. Ltd.52 Mbit/s 6. When the MPS/ Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.310 nm 155. It can be installed in the MPS and in the EPS. The UOIc board is optional.0 dBm -37.310 nm 155. l The throughput specifications are based on the conditions of UL 64 kbit/s and DL 384 kbit/s.. l The Iur-interface service processing specifications of the board are the same as its Iub-interface service processing specifications.0 dBm -5. 167 .

168 . Iur..26.1 Functions of the UOIc Board As an optical interface board. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the UOIc board can be installed in slots 16 to 27 in the MPS/EPS.26. 6. The UOIc board performs the following functions: l l l l l Provides eight channels over unchannelized STM-1/OC-3c optical ports Supports ATM over SDH/SONET Supports the extraction of line clock signals Provides the Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function between the active and standby UOIc boards Supports the Iu. Ltd. Figure 6-34 shows the panel of the UOIc board. and Iub interfaces 6.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards EPS is configured with the SCUb board.2 Panel of the UOIc Board There are LEDs and ports on the panel of the UOIc board. the UOIc board supports ATM over unchannelized STM-1/OC-3c transmission.

and LOS. Table 6-102 describes the LEDs on the UOIc board. Table 6-102 LEDs on the UOIc board LED RUN Colo r Gree n Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s Description The board is functional. ALM. ACT.26.. Ltd. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 169 .BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Figure 6-34 Panel of the UOIc board 6.3 LEDs on the UOIc Board There are four types of LEDs on the UOIc board: RUN.

power supply. Table 6-103 describes the ports on the UOIc board. or the board is faulty. Table 6-103 Ports on the UOIc board Port RX TX Function Optical port.125s ON OFF Description The board is in loading state. The STM-1 port does not receive signals properly.26.26.4 Ports on the UOIc Board There are eight optical ports on the UOIc board. There is power supply. and RX refers to the receiving optical port. ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Gree n Gree n ON OFF ON OFF LOS 6. operating temperature. The board is in standby mode. weight.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards LED Colo r Status ON for 0. 170 . There is a fault alarm. TX refers to the transmitting optical port.125s and OFF for 0. power consumption. There is no alarm. The hardware specifications consist of the dimensions. The STM-1 port receives signals properly. and relative humidity. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Connector Type LC/PC 6. used to transmit and receive optical signals. Table 6-104 describes the hardware specifications of the UOIc board. Ltd.5 Technical Specifications of the UOIc Board The technical specifications of the UOIc board consist of hardware specifications and specifications of the optical ports and board processing capability. but the board is faulty.. The board is in active mode. There is no power supply.

000 Erlang 800 Mbit/s 800 Mbit/s 1200 Mbit/s 18.000 Erlang 9. Ltd.000 5.000 Erlang 9.50 kg 0°C to 45°C -5°C to +55°C 5% to 85% 5% to 95% Table 6-105 describes the specifications of the board processing capability.4 mm Two -48 V DC working in active/standby mode. The backplane of the subrack is responsible for the power supply. Table 6-105 Specifications of the board processing capability Item Number of channel identifiers (CIDs) Session setup/release times Iub Number of NodeBs Speech service in the CS domain Data service in the CS domain Maximum payload throughput (UL) Maximum payload throughput (DL) Maximum payload throughput (UL +DL) Iu-CS Speech service in the CS domain Data service in the CS domain Iu-PS Maximum payload throughput (UL) Maximum payload throughput (DL) Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Specification 79.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Table 6-104 Hardware specifications of the UOIc board Item Dimensions Power supply Power consumption Weight Operating temperature (longterm) Operating temperature (shortterm) Relative humidity (long-term) Relative humidity (short-term) Specification 248 mm x 32..52 W 1. 86. .3 mm x 395.000/s 500 18.000 Erlang 900 Mbit/s 900 Mbit/s 171 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

0 dBm -37. Table 6-106 Specifications of the optical ports on the UOIc board Item Specification Optical Module 155 M-1310 nm-2 kmMM-SFP Mode Type Maximum optical transmission distance Maximum output optical power Minimum output optical power Minimum receiver sensitivity Center wavelength Transmission rate Multi-mode LC/PC 2 km Optical Module 155 M-1310 nm-15 kmSM-ESFP Single mode LC/PC 15 km Optical Module 155 M-1310 nm-40 kmSM-ESFP Single mode LC/PC 40 km -14.0 dBm -31.. The average length of packets over the Iu-PS interface is 420 Bytes.310 nm 155.0 dBm -19.0 dBm 1.0 dBm -5. Ltd.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -30.0 dBm 0. Table 6-106 describes the specifications of the optical ports on the UOIc board.52 Mbit/s 1. l The Iur-interface service processing specifications of the board are the same as its Iub-interface service processing specifications.310 nm 155.52 Mbit/s Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 172 .310 nm 155. l The data service in the CS domain indicates the 64 kbit/s video phone service.52 Mbit/s 1. l The throughput specifications are based on the conditions of UL 64 kbit/s and DL 384 kbit/s. l The number of session setup/release times indicates the signaling processing capacity of an Iub/Iu/Iurinterface board.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 6 Boards Item Maximum payload throughput (UL +DL) Specification 1.800 Mbit/s NOTE l The preceding specifications are the maximum capability regarding the corresponding service.0 dBm -8.

5 75-ohm Coaxial Cable The 75-ohm coaxial cable is a type of trunk cable.. The number of 75-ohm coaxial cables to be installed depends on the site requirements.7 120-ohm Twisted Pair Cable Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. It is used to connect the optical interface board to the Optical Distribution Frame (ODF) or other NEs. 173 . It is optional.4 Optical Splitter/Combiner (Fiber Coupler) The optical splitter/combiner is optional in the BSC6900. inter-cabinet PGND cables. 7. This cable connects the active/standby AEUa/PEUa board to the Digital Distribution Frame (DDF) or other NEs and transmits E1 trunk signals.1 Power Cables The power cables are mandatory and are of two categories. This cable connects the active and standby AEUa/PEUa boards to the DDF or other NEs and transmits E1 signals. external power cables and internal power cables. A maximum of 48 optical splitters/ combiners can be installed in a subrack to combine two inputs of optical signals into one or split one input into two. 7. PGND cable for the power distribution box. 7. 7. It is optional. The number of active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cables to be installed depends on site requirements. and PGND cables for the cabinet door. 7. PGND cables for the subrack.2 PGND Cables The PGND cables consist of external PGND cable. Ltd. that is.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 7 Cables 7 About This Chapter Cables This chapter describes all the cables used inside and outside the BSC6900 cabinet. The power cables are the -48 V power cables and the RTN power cables.6 Active/Standby 75-ohm Coaxial Cable The active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable is a type of E1/T1 cable. The number of optical cables to be installed depends on the site requirements. 7. PGND cable for the independent fan subrack.3 Optical Cable The optical cable is optional in the BSC6900. The PGND cable is mandatory. 7.

The number of Y-shaped clock cables to be installed depends on the site requirements. This cable transmits the 8 kHz clock signals from the GCUa/GCGa board in the MPS to the SCUa/SCUb board in the EPS. The shielded straight-through cable is used to connect the FG2a/OMUa/ OMUc/FG2c board to other devices. 174 . You can choose one based on actual requirements. The number of straight-through cables to be installed depends on the site requirements..12 Straight-Through Cable The straight-through cable is of two types: the shielded straight-through cable and the unshielded straight-through cable. 7. The number of 120-ohm twisted pair cables to be installed depends on the site requirements.14 Alarm Box Signal Cable The alarm box signal cable is a type of signal cable available in different specifications.15 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Power Distribution Box The monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box transmits monitoring signals from the power distribution to the subracks through the independent fan subrack. 7.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 7 Cables The 120-ohm twisted pair cable is a type of trunk cable. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 7.8 Active/Standby 120-ohm Twisted Pair Cable The active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable is a type of E1/T1 cable. This cable connects the active/standby AEUa/PEUa board to the DDF or other NEs and transmits E1 signals.13 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Independent Fan Subrack The monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrack transmits monitoring signals to the service subracks.17 OMU serial port cable The OMU serial port cable is used to connect the OMU to the local maintenance terminal. 7. The unshielded straight-through cable is used to connect the SCUa boards in different subracks.18 EMU RS485 Communication Cable The EMU RS485 communication cable is used to transmit signals between the BSC6900 and the EMU.16 GPS Signal Transmission Cable The GPS signal transmission cable is optional. The alarm box signal cable is used to send the alarm information to the alarm box for audible and visual display. The number of 120-ohm twisted pair cables to be installed depends on site requirements. Two to four line clock signal cables can be installed to transmit the line clock signals which are received from the interface board of the EPS to the GCUa/GCGa board. 7. 7. This cable connects the active and standby AEUa/PEUa boards to the DDF or other NEs and transmits E1/ T1 signals. the BITS clock signal cables are classified into 75-ohm coaxial clock cables and 120-ohm clock conversion cables. It is optional. Ltd. 7. According to the impedance of the signal cables. It is optional. The number of BITS clock cables to be installed depends on site requirements. 7. It is optional. 7.11 Line Clock Signal Cable The line clock signal cable is optional. It is used to transmit the GPS clock signals to the GCGa board where the clock signals are processed and then provided for the system to use.9 BITS Clock Cable The BITS clock cable is a type of clock signal cable. 7. It is optional. 7. This cable transmits the BITS clock signals to the GCUa/GCGa board in the MPS.10 Y-Shaped Clock Cable The Y-shaped clock cable is a type of clock signal cables.

Ltd.19 SFP+ High-Speed Cable The SFP+ high-speed cable connects the SCUb boards in different subracks. 175 .. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 7 Cables 7.

Table 7-2 describes the external power cables for the N68E-22 cabinet. Ltd. The internal power cables connect the power distribution box to the modules inside the cabinet.. The external power cables need to be installed on site. Table 7-1 describes the external power cables for the N68E-21-N cabinet. that is. The power cables are the -48 V power cables and the RTN power cables.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 7 Cables 7.1 Power Cables The power cables are mandatory and are of two categories. external power cables and internal power cables. Power Cable Description The external power cables connect the Power Distribution Frame (PDF) to the power distribution box at the top of the cabinet. 176 . The internal power cables are installed before the cabinet is delivered. Table 7-1 External power cables for the N68E-21-N cabinet Cable Name Color CrossSectional Area mm2 Externa l -48 V power cable Externa l RTN power cable Blue 25/35 2-hole JG terminal/-48 V DC input port on the power distribution box 2-hole JG terminal/-48 V DC input port on the power distribution box Connector Type 1/ Installation Position 1 Connector Type 2/ Installation Position 2 OT terminal/-48 V DC output port on the PDF Quantity Four per cabinet Black 25/35 OT terminal/-48 V DC output port on the PDF Four per cabinet Table 7-2 External power cables for the N68E-22 cabinet Cable Name Color CrossSectional Area mm2 Externa l -48 V power cable Blue 25/35 OT terminal/-48 V DC input port on the power distribution box Connector Type 1/ Installation Position 1 Connector Type 2/ Installation Position 2 OT terminal/-48 V DC output port on the PDF Quantity Four per cabinet Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

ensure that the cables purchased meet the local specifications. 177 . If engineers are to purchase the cables in the local area.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 7 Cables Cable Name Color CrossSectional Area mm2 Connector Type 1/ Installation Position 1 Connector Type 2/ Installation Position 2 OT terminal/-48 V DC output port on the PDF Quantity Externa l RTN power cable Black 25/35 OT terminal/-48 V DC input port on the power distribution box Four per cabinet NOTE The cables delivered to different countries and regions are different in color and appearance. Table 7-3 describes the internal power cables. Table 7-3 Internal power cables (1) Cable Name Color CrossSectional Area mm2 Internal -48 V DC power cable Internal RTN power cable Blue 10 OT terminal/-48 V DC output port on the power distribution box OT terminal/-48 V DC output port on the power distribution box Connector Type 1/ Installation Position 1 Connector Type 2/ Installation Position 2 OT terminal/-48 V DC input port on the subrack OT terminal/-48 V DC input port on the subrack Quantity Two per subrack Black 10 Two per subrack Table 7-4 Internal power cables (2) Cable Name Color CrossSectional Area mm2 Internal -48 V DC power cable Blue 2 Connector Type 1/ Installation Position 1 OT terminal/-48 V DC input port on the power distribution box Connector Type 2/ Installation Position 2 D-type connector/ power input port on the independent fan subrack Quantity Two per subrack Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. The connectors of the internal power cables for the N68E-22 cabinet are the same as those for the N68E-21-N cabinet. Ltd.

BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 7 Cables Cable Name Color CrossSectional Area mm2 Connector Type 1/ Installation Position 1 OT terminal/-48 V DC input port on the power distribution box Connector Type 2/ Installation Position 2 D-type connector/ power input port on the independent fan subrack Quantity Internal RTN power cable Black 2 Two per subrack Appearance Figure 7-1 shows the internal power cable for subracks.. Figure 7-3 External power cable for the N68E-22 cabinet (1) OT terminal Figure 7-4 shows the external power cable for the N68E-21-N cabinet. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 178 . Figure 7-2 Internal power cable for the independent fan subrack Figure 7-3 shows the external power cable for the N68E-22 cabinet. Figure 7-1 Internal power cable for subracks (1) OT terminal Figure 7-2 shows the internal power cable for the independent fan subrack. Ltd.

three inter-cabinet PGND cables must be installed between every two adjacent cabinets. 179 . Table 7-5 PGND cables Cable Name Color CrossSectional Area mm2 Connect or Type 1/ Installati on Position 1 OT terminal/ Groundin g bolt at the top rear of each cabinet OT terminal/ PGND busbar of each cabinet Connector Type 2/ Installation Position 2 Quantity External PGND cable Green and yellow 25/35 OT terminal/ PGND output port on the PDF One per cabinet Intercabinet PGND cable Green and yellow 6 OT terminal/ PGND busbar of each cabinet Three between every two adjacent cabinets Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. PGND cable for the power distribution box. Table 7-5 describes the PGND cables.. Each cabinet must be configured with one external PGND cable. PGND cables for the subrack.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 7 Cables Figure 7-4 External power cable for the N68E-21-N cabinet (1) OT terminal (2) 2-hole JG terminal 7. Other PGND cables are already installed in the cabinet before delivery. and PGND cables for the cabinet door. Ltd. inter-cabinet PGND cables. When the cabinets are combined.2 PGND Cables The PGND cables consist of external PGND cable. PGND cable for the independent fan subrack. The PGND cable is mandatory.

180 . Figure 7-5 PGND cable for the independent fan subrack Figure 7-6 Other PGND cables Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Figure 7-6 shows the other PGND cables.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 7 Cables Cable Name Color CrossSectional Area mm2 Connect or Type 1/ Installati on Position 1 OT terminal/ PGND busbar of each cabinet OT terminal/ PGND busbar of each cabinet OT terminal/ Groundin g bolt on the base OT terminal/ PGND busbar of each cabinet Connector Type 2/ Installation Position 2 Quantity PGND cable for the power distributio n box Green and yellow 6 OT terminal/Port for PGND cable on the power distribution box One per power distribution box PGND Green and cable for yellow the subrack 6 OT terminal/Port for the PGND cable on the subrack Two per subrack PGND cable for the cabinet door PGND cable for the independe nt fan subrack Green and yellow 6 OT terminal/ Grounding bolt on the cabinet door OT terminal/ Grounding point of the independent fan subrack Eight per cabinet Green and yellow 6 One per independent fan subrack The PGND cable for the independent fan subrack is different from the other PGND cables for the BSC6900. Figure 7-5 shows the PGND cable for the independent fan subrack. Ltd.

the optical cable can be classified into the following types: l l l LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multi-mode optical cable LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multi-mode optical cable LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multi-mode optical cable NOTE l In actual installation. Ltd. l In practice. Both ends of each cable in the pair are attached with temporary labels. the other end should be connected to the RX port. BSC6900 Optical Cables Table 7-6 shows the optical cables used in the BSC6900.3 Optical Cable The optical cable is optional in the BSC6900. CAUTION The TX end and RX end of each optical cable must be connected correctly. 181 . It is used to connect the optical interface board to the Optical Distribution Frame (ODF) or other NEs. the optical signals cannot be received or transmitted. Table 7-6 BSC6900 optical cables Optical Cable Type LC/PC-LC/PC singlemode/multi-mode LC/PC-FC/PC singlemode/multi-mode LC/PC-SC/PC singlemode/multi-mode Appearance Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The number of optical cables to be installed depends on the site requirements. If one end of the cable is connected to the TX port.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 7 Cables 7. Classification of the Optical Cable According to the types of optical connectors at both ends of the cable.. and the connector type at the other end of the cable depends on site requirements. l The LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multi-mode optical cable connects the optical interface board to the ODF or other NEs or connects the optical interface boards. the LC/PC optical connector at one end of the cable is connected to the optical interface board in the BSC6900. Otherwise. two optical cables form a pair.

4 Optical Splitter/Combiner (Fiber Coupler) The optical splitter/combiner is optional in the BSC6900. Function The optical splitter/combiner splits or combines optical signals. Figure 7-7 Installation positions of the optical cable 7.. SC/PC connector.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 7 Cables Installation The optical cable has an LC/PC connector at one end connected to the optical interface board in the BSC6900. A maximum of 48 optical splitters/ combiners can be installed in a subrack to combine two inputs of optical signals into one or split one input into two. Figure 7-8 shows the operating principle of an optical combiner. Figure 7-8 Operating principle of an optical combiner Figure 7-9 shows the operating principle of an optical splitter. Figure 7-7 shows the installation positions of the optical cable. Ltd. The other end of the optical cable can use an LC/PC connector. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. or FC/PC connector as required. 182 .

Application Scenario When optical interface boards work in active/standby mode and optical transmission devices work in independent mode. Figure 7-10 Optical splitter/combiner Classification The optical splitter/combiner can be classified into the following types according to the mode in which optical signals are transmitted: l l Single-mode optical splitter/combiner: The optical fiber of the single-mode optical splitter/ combinter is yellow. optical splitters/combiners can be used to improve the redundancy performance of optical interface boards. Appearance Figure 7-10 shows the optical splitter/combiner. Ltd. Multi-mode optical splitter/combiner: The optical fiber of the multi-mode optical splitter/ combiner is orange..BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 7 Cables Figure 7-9 Operating principle of an optical splitter CAUTION The TX end and RX end of each optical splitter/combiner must be correctly connected. Otherwise. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 183 . optical signals cannot be received or transmitted.

the BSC6900 reports a Multiplex Section (MS) Remote Defect Indication (RDI) alarm on the active and standby optical ports. The transmission is interrupted on the optical fiber between the optical splitter/combiner and the RX port on the peer equipment. Figure 7-11 Installation positions of optical splitters/combiners Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. however.. An automatic switchover. l The active and standby optical ports on BSC6900 interface boards are operational. l The active and standby optical ports on BSC6900 interface boards are operational. however. Ltd. and UOIc boards can be connected to an optical splitter/ combiner. AOUc. is not triggered between the active and standby optical ports. however. and the BSC6900 reports a Loss of Signal (LOS) alarm on the active and standby optical ports. 184 . is not triggered between the active and standby optical ports. POUc. The optical splitter/combiner cannot be used to solve any of the following problems: l The active and standby optical ports on BSC6900 interface boards are operational. The transmission is interrupted on the optical fiber between the optical splitter/combiner and the TX port on the peer equipment. Installation Figure 7-11 shows the installation positions of optical splitters/combiners. and the BSC6900 reports a MS RDI alarm on the active and standby optical ports. When the transmission on the TX optical fiber for the active optical port is interrupted. An automatic switchover. An automatic switchover. UOIa.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 7 Cables CAUTION Only the AOUa. is not triggered between the active and standby optical ports.

Figure 7-12 75-ohm coaxial cable (1) DB44 connector (2) Main label (identifying the code. the 75-ohm coaxial cable is composed of two cables.5 75-ohm Coaxial Cable The 75-ohm coaxial cable is a type of trunk cable. Ltd. This cable connects the active/standby AEUa/PEUa board to the Digital Distribution Frame (DDF) or other NEs and transmits E1 trunk signals. It is optional. Table 7-7 describes the pin assignment of the DB44 connectors for the micro coaxial cables of the 75-ohm coaxial cable. Appearance Figure 7-12 shows the 75-ohm coaxial cable. All of the 16 micro coaxial cables form eight E1 RX/TX links. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. That is. The number of 75-ohm coaxial cables to be installed depends on the site requirements.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 7 Cables 7. Pin Assignment The outer shield layer of the 75-ohm coaxial cable is connected to the BSC6900 by the metal case of the DB44 connector. The 75-ohm coaxial cable used in the BSC6900 has 2 x 8 cores. and manufacturer of the cable) (3) Label (identifying a coaxial cable) (4) Metal case of the DB44 connector The 75-ohm coaxial cable has a DB44 connector only at one end.. version. 185 . You need to add a connector to the other end according to the actual requirements. each of which contains eight micro coaxial cables.

Table 7-8 Bearers of the signals over the micro coaxial cable Signal Ring Tip Bearer Shield layer of micro coaxial cables Core of micro coaxial cables Installation One end of the 75-ohm coaxial cable is connected to the E1/T1 electrical port on the AEUa/ PEUa board. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.. The other end of the cable is connected to the DDF or other NEs.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 7 Cables Table 7-7 Pin assignment of the DB44 connectors for the micro coaxial cables Pin of DB44 Connec tor W1 Signal Micro Coaxia l Cable Identif ier 1 R1 Remarks Pin of DB44 Connec tor W2 Signal Micro Coaxia l Cable Identif ier 1 T1 Remarks 38 23 37 22 36 21 35 20 34 19 33 18 32 17 31 16 Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip 15 30 Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip 2 R2 14 29 2 T2 3 R3 13 28 3 T3 4 R4 12 27 4 T4 5 R5 11 26 5 T5 6 R6 10 25 6 T6 7 R7 9 24 7 T7 8 R8 8 7 8 T8 Table 7-8 describes the bearers of the signals listed in Table 7-7. 186 .

Ltd. Figure 7-13 Active/Standby 75-ohm coaxial cable (1) DB44 connector (2) Metal case of the DB44 connector (3) Label 1 (identifying a coaxial cable) (4) Main label (identifying the code. and manufacturer of the cable) (5) Label 2 (identifying a coaxial cable) The active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable has two DB44 connectors only at one end.6 Active/Standby 75-ohm Coaxial Cable The active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable is a type of E1/T1 cable. Figure 7-13 shows the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable. All of the 16 micro coaxial cables form eight E1 RX/TX links. Table 7-9 and Table 7-11 describe the pin assignment of the DB44 connectors for the active/ standby 75-ohm coaxial cable. You need to add connectors to the other end according to the actual requirements. The number of active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cables to be installed depends on site requirements. 187 . Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Appearance The active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable has 2 x 8 cores. the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable is composed of two cables.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 7 Cables 7. That is. version. This cable connects the active and standby AEUa/PEUa boards to the DDF or other NEs and transmits E1 signals. each of which contains eight micro coaxial cables. It is optional.

and TN indicates the Nth-route E1 TX signal. Table 7-10 describes the signals of the micro coaxial cables listed in Table 7-9.. RN indicates the Nth-route E1 RX signal. T1 indicates the first-route E1 TX signal. Table 7-10 Bearers of the signals over the micro coaxial cable Signal Ring Tip Bearer Shield layer of coaxial cables Core of coaxial cables Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 188 .BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 7 Cables Table 7-9 Pin assignment of the DB44 connectors for W3 and W4 X1 Pin of DB44 Connec tor 38 23 37 22 36 21 35 20 34 19 33 18 32 17 31 16 W3 Signal Micro Coaxial Cable Identifi er 1 Remark s X1 Pin of DB44 Connec tor 15 30 2 R2 14 29 3 R3 13 28 4 R4 12 27 5 R5 11 26 6 R6 10 25 7 R7 9 24 8 R8 8 7 W4 Signal Micro Coaxial Cable Identifi er 1 Remark s Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip R1 Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip T1 2 T2 3 T3 4 T4 5 T5 6 T6 7 T7 8 T8 NOTE In Table 7-9. and R1 indicates the first-route E1 RX signal. Similarly. Ltd.

Installation The two DB44 connectors at one end of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable are connected to the active and standby AEUa/PEUa boards. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The other end of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable is connected to the DDF in the equipment room and then to another NE through transmission equipment.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 7 Cables Table 7-11 Pin assignment of the connectors for W1 and W2 W2 Pin of X1 Connector 38 23 37 22 36 21 35 20 34 19 33 18 32 17 31 16 Pin of X2 Connector 38 23 37 22 36 21 35 20 34 19 33 18 32 17 31 16 PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR Remarks PAIR W1 Pin of X1 Connector 15 30 14 29 13 28 12 27 11 26 10 25 9 24 8 7 Pin of X2 Connector 15 30 14 29 13 28 12 27 11 26 10 25 9 24 8 7 PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR Remarks PAIR NOTE In Table 7-11. and Braid indicates the outer shield layer of the twisted pair cable. 189 . Figure 7-14 shows the installation positions of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cables. PAIR indicates a pair of twisted pair cables. The other end of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable can also be connected to another NE directly.. Ltd.

version.7 120-ohm Twisted Pair Cable The 120-ohm twisted pair cable is a type of trunk cable. and manufacturer of the cable) (3) Label (identifying a twisted pair cable) (4) Metal case of the DB44 connector The 120-ohm twisted pair cable has a DB44 connector only at one end. Figure 7-15 120-ohm twisted pair cable (1) DB44 connector (2) Main label (identifying the code. This cable connects the active/standby AEUa/PEUa board to the DDF or other NEs and transmits E1 signals. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 7 Cables Figure 7-14 Installation positions of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cables 7. It is optional. The number of 120-ohm twisted pair cables to be installed depends on the site requirements. You need to add a connector to the other end according to the actual requirements.. Ltd. 190 . Appearance Figure 7-15 shows the 120-ohm twisted pair cable.

Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Table 7-12 Pin assignment of the DB44 connector for the 120-ohm twisted pair cable Pin of DB44 Connec tor W1 Signal 120Ohm Twisted Pair Cable Identifie r R1 Blue White R2 Orange White R3 Green White R4 Brown White R5 Grey White R6 Blue Red R7 Orange Red R8 Green Red Color Pin of DB44 Connec tor W2 Signal 120Ohm Twisted Pair Cable Identifie r T1 Blue White T2 Orange White T3 Green White T4 Brown White T5 Grey White T6 Blue Red T7 Orange Red T8 Green Red Color 38 23 37 22 36 21 35 20 34 19 33 18 32 17 31 16 Ring/RTip/R+ Ring/RTip/R+ Ring/RTip/R+ Ring/RTip/R+ Ring/RTip/R+ Ring/RTip/R+ Ring/RTip/R+ Ring/RTip/R+ 15 30 14 29 13 28 12 27 11 26 10 25 9 24 8 7 Ring/TTip/T+ Ring/TTip/T+ Ring/TTip/T+ Ring/TTip/T+ Ring/TTip/T+ Ring/TTip/T+ Ring/TTip/T+ Ring/TTip/T+ Table 7-13 describes the bearers of the signals listed in Table 7-12. Ltd. 191 .. Table 7-12 describes the pin assignment of the DB44 connector for the 120-ohm twisted pair cable.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 7 Cables Pin Assignment The outer shield layer of the 120-ohm twisted pair cable is connected to the BSC6900 by the metal case of the DB44 connector.

BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description

7 Cables

Table 7-13 Bearers of the signals over the twisted pair cable Signal Ring/RTip/R+ Ring/TTip/T+ Bearer One core of the twisted pair cable for receiving E1/T1 signals The other core of the twisted pair cable for receiving E1/T1 signals One core of the twisted pair cable for transmitting E1/T1 signals The other core of the twisted pair cable for transmitting E1/ T1 signals

Installation
One end of the 120-ohm twisted pair cable is connected to the E1/T1 electrical port on the AEUa/ PEUa board. The other end of the cable is connected to the DDF or other NEs.

7.8 Active/Standby 120-ohm Twisted Pair Cable
The active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable is a type of E1/T1 cable. It is optional. The number of 120-ohm twisted pair cables to be installed depends on site requirements. This cable connects the active and standby AEUa/PEUa boards to the DDF or other NEs and transmits E1/ T1 signals.

Appearance
Figure 7-16 shows the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable. Figure 7-16 Active/Standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable

(1) DB44 connector

(2) Metal case of the DB44 connector

(3) Label 1 (identifying a twisted pair cable) (4) Main label (identifying the code, version, and manufacturer of the cable) (5) Label 2 (identifying a twisted pair cable)

Issue Draft A (2012-02-15)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

192

BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description

7 Cables

The active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable has two DB44 connectors only at one end. You need to add connectors to the other end according to the actual requirements. Table 7-14 and Table 7-16 describe the pin assignment of the DB44 connectors for the active/ standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable. Table 7-14 Pin assignment of the DB44 connectors for W3 and W4 X1 Pin of DB44 Connec tor 38 23 37 22 36 21 35 20 34 19 33 18 32 17 31 16 W3 Signal Twiste d Pair Cable Identifi er R1 Blue White R2 Orange White R3 Green White R4 Brown White R5 Grey White R6 Blue Red R7 Orange Red R8 Green Red Color X1 Pin of DB44 Connec tor 15 30 14 29 13 28 12 27 11 26 10 25 9 24 8 7 W4 Signal Twiste d Pair Cable Identifi er T1 Blue White T2 Orange White T3 Green White T4 Brown White T5 Grey White T6 Blue Red T7 Orange Red T8 Green Red Color

Ring/RTip/R+ Ring/RTip/R+ Ring/RTip/R+ Ring/RTip/R+ Ring/TTip/T+ Ring/TTip/T+ Ring/TTip/T+ Ring/TTip/T+

Ring/RTip/R+ Ring/RTip/R+ Ring/RTip/R+ Ring/RTip/R+ Ring/TTip/T+ Ring/TTip/T+ Ring/TTip/T+ Ring/TTip/T+

NOTE

In Table 7-14, R- and R+ stand for reception signals; T- and T+ stand for transmission signals.

Table 7-15 describes the bearers of the signals listed in Table 7-14.

Issue Draft A (2012-02-15)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

193

BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description

7 Cables

Table 7-15 Bearers of the signals over the twisted pair cable Signal Ring/RTip/R+ Ring/TTip/T+ Bearer One core of the twisted pair cable for transmitting E1/T1 signals to the BSC6900 The other core of the twisted pair cable for transmitting E1/T1 signals to the BSC6900 One core of the twisted pair cable for transmitting E1/T1 signals from the BSC6900 The other core of the twisted pair cable for transmitting E1/T1 signals from the BSC6900

Table 7-16 Pin assignment of the connectors for W1 and W2 Twisted Pair Cable W2 Pin of X1 Connector 38 23 37 22 36 21 35 20 34 19 33 18 32 17 31 16 Pin of X2 Connector 38 23 37 22 36 21 35 20 34 19 33 18 32 17 31 16 PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR Remarks Twisted Pair Cable W1 Pin of X1 Connector 15 30 14 29 13 28 12 27 11 26 10 25 9 24 8 7 Pin of X2 Connector 15 30 14 29 13 28 12 27 11 26 10 25 9 24 8 7 PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR Remarks

Issue Draft A (2012-02-15)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

194

BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description
NOTE

7 Cables

In Table 7-16, PAIR indicates a pair of twisted pair cables, and Braid indicates the outer shield layer of the twisted pair cable.

Installation
The two DB44 connectors at one end of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable are connected to the active and standby AEUa/PEUa boards. The other end of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable is connected to the DDF in the equipment room and then to another NE through transmission equipment. The other end of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable can also be connected to another NE directly. Figure 7-17 shows the installation positions of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cables. Figure 7-17 Installation positions of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cables

7.9 BITS Clock Cable
The BITS clock cable is a type of clock signal cable. It is optional. The number of BITS clock cables to be installed depends on site requirements. This cable transmits the BITS clock signals to the GCUa/GCGa board in the MPS. According to the impedance of the signal cables, the BITS clock signal cables are classified into 75-ohm coaxial clock cables and 120-ohm clock conversion cables.

Appearance
Figure 7-18 shows the 75-ohm coaxial clock cable.

Issue Draft A (2012-02-15)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

195

BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description

7 Cables

Figure 7-18 75-ohm coaxial clock cable

(1) SMB connector

(2) Label

Figure 7-19 shows the 120-ohm clock conversion cable. Figure 7-19 120-ohm clock conversion cable

(1) SMB connector

2Label

NOTE

The 120-ohm clock conversion cable has two SMB connectors at one end. Only one SMB connector is used, and the other SMB connector is bound to the wire bushing by using cable ties. Pay attention to the connection when using the 120-ohm clock conversion cable.

Installation
One end of the BITS clock signal cable is connected to the CLKIN0 or the CLKIN1 port on the GCUa/GCGa board. The other end of the cable is connected to the BITS clock source. Figure 7-20 shows the installation positions of the BITS clock signal cables.

Issue Draft A (2012-02-15)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

196

Appearance Figure 7-21 shows the Y-shaped clock cable. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. NOTE The Y-shaped clock cable is not required if the BSC6900 is configured with only one MPS and no EPS. Ltd.. 197 .BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 7 Cables Figure 7-20 Installation positions of the BITS clock signal cables 7. This cable transmits the 8 kHz clock signals from the GCUa/GCGa board in the MPS to the SCUa/SCUb board in the EPS. It is optional.10 Y-Shaped Clock Cable The Y-shaped clock cable is a type of clock signal cables. The number of Y-shaped clock cables to be installed depends on the site requirements.

. Figure 7-22 shows the installation positions of the Y-shaped clock cables.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 7 Cables Figure 7-21 Y-shaped clock cable (1) Label (identifying a pair of twisted pair cables) (2) RJ45 connector Installation The RJ45 connector at one end of the Y-shaped clock cable is connected to the SCUa/SCUb board in the EPS. Figure 7-22 Installation positions of the Y-shaped clock cables Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 198 . Ltd. The two RJ45 connectors at the other end of the cable are connected to the active and standby GCUa/GCGa boards in the MPS.

Figure 7-23 Line clock signal cable (1) SMB connector Installation One end of the line clock signal cable is connected to the 2M0 or the 2M1 port on the interface board. Two to four line clock signal cables can be installed to transmit the line clock signals which are received from the interface board of the EPS to the GCUa/GCGa board.12 Straight-Through Cable The straight-through cable is of two types: the shielded straight-through cable and the unshielded straight-through cable. Ltd.11 Line Clock Signal Cable The line clock signal cable is optional. 199 . In this case.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 7 Cables 7. Appearance Figure 7-23 shows the line clock signal cable. the line clock signals are sent to the GCUa/GCGa board through the backplane of the subrack. The unshielded straight-through cable is used to connect the SCUa boards in different subracks. 7. The number of straight-through cables to be installed depends on the site requirements. the line clock signal cable is not required. The other end of the signal cable is connected to the CLKIN0 or the CLKIN1 port on the GCUa/GCGa board. The shielded straight-through cable is used to connect the FG2a/OMUa/ OMUc/FG2c board to other devices. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Appearance Figure 7-24 shows the shielded straight-through cable.. NOTE When the interface board providing line clock signals is located in the MPS.

. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Pin Assignment Table 7-17 describes the pins in the RJ45 connectors at the two ends of the shielded straightthrough cable and the unshielded straight-through cable. Ltd. Figure 7-25 Unshielded straight-through cable NOTE X1 and X2 are unshielded RJ45 connectors at the two ends of the unshielded straight-through cable. 200 .BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 7 Cables Figure 7-24 Shielded straight-through cable NOTE X1 and X2 are shielded RJ45 connectors at the two ends of the shielded straight-through cable. Figure 7-25 shows the unshielded straight-through cable.

201 l Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) . Ltd. the RJ45 connectors at the two ends of the cable are connected to the SCUa boards that are located in different subracks. the RJ45 connector at one end of the cable is connected to ETH0 or ETH1 on the OMUa/OMUc board. Figure 7-26 Installation positions of the unshielded straight-through cables between the SCUa boards in different subracks l When the shielded straight-through cable is used to connect the OMUa/OMUc board to other devices.. as shown in Figure 7-26. the RJ45 connector at one end of the cable is connected to an Ethernet port on the Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and the RJ45 connector at the other end of the cable is connected to the Ethernet port on the other devices. When the shielded straight-through cable is used to connect the FG2a/FG2c board to other devices.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 7 Cables Table 7-17 Pins of the straight-through cable X1 End X1-1 X1-2 X1-3 X1-4 X1-5 X1-6 X1-7 X1-8 Wire Color White and orange Orange White and green Blue White and blue Green White and brown Brown X2 End X2-1 X2-2 X2-3 X2-4 X2-5 X2-6 X2-7 X2-8 Wire Color White and orange Orange White and green Blue White and blue Green White and brown Brown Installation l When the unshielded straight-through cable is used to connect the SCUa boards in different subracks.

Appearance Figure 7-27 shows the monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrack. 202 .5 X1. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1 X1. Ltd.2 X1.SHELL Description Tx+ TxRx+ RxGND X1. Table 7-18 describes the pins of the monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrack.6 X2. Twisted pair Remarks Twisted pair Table 7-19 describes the signals listed in Table 7-18.5 X2.3 X1. Table 7-18 Pins of the monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrack Start X1.SHELL End X2.2 X2.4 X1. and the RJ45 connector at the other end of the cable is connected to the Ethernet port on the other devices.13 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Independent Fan Subrack The monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrack transmits monitoring signals to the service subracks.SHELL through the shield layer.3 X2. Figure 7-27 Monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrack The monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrack has a DB9 connector at one end and a DB15 connector at the other end.SHELL is connected to X2.7 X2.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 7 Cables FG2a/FG2c board. 7..

. Figure 7-28 shows an alarm box signal cable.14 Alarm Box Signal Cable The alarm box signal cable is a type of signal cable available in different specifications. You can choose one based on actual requirements. The actual type must be consistent with that in the Site Survey Report. Ltd. The alarm box signal cable is used to send the alarm information to the alarm box for audible and visual display. The DB9 connector at the other end of the cable is connected to the Monitor port on the bottom subrack. Figure 7-28 Alarm box signal cable Pin Assignment Table 7-20 describes the pins of the alarm box signal cable. you should configure the subracks from bottom to top. NOTE When a cabinet is configured with multiple subracks. the monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrack is always connected to the bottom subrack in the cabinet.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 7 Cables Table 7-19 Signals Signal Tx+ TxRx+ RxSignal Description Positive phase signal transmitted Negative phase signal transmitted Positive phase signal received Negative phase signal received Installation The DB15 connector at one end of the monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrack is connected to the MONITOR 0 port on the independent fan subrack. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Appearance The connectors of the alarm box signal cable are of two types: DB9 and DB25. Therefore. 7. The following takes an alarm box signal cable with the DB9 connector as an example. 203 .

. Ltd. The DB9/DB25 connector at the other end of the cable is connected to the serial port on the LMT. Figure 7-29 shows the connection of the alarm box signal cable. Figure 7-30 Monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 7 Cables Table 7-20 Pins of the alarm box signal cable RJ45 3 5 6 DB9 5 2 3 Installation The RJ45 connector at one end of the alarm box signal cable is connected to the input serial port on the alarm box. Appearance Figure 7-30 shows the monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box. Figure 7-29 Connection of the alarm box signal cable 7. 204 .15 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Power Distribution Box The monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box transmits monitoring signals from the power distribution to the subracks through the independent fan subrack.

SHELL End X2.7 X2.5 X2. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Table 7-22 Signals Signal Tx+ TxRx+ RxSignal Description Positive phase signal transmitted Negative phase signal transmitted Positive phase signal received Negative phase signal received Installation The DB15 connector at one end of the monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box is connected to the corresponding port on the power distribution box.3 X1. The DB9 connector at the other end of the cable is connected to the MONITOR 1 port on the independent fan subrack.2 X1. Figure 7-31 shows the installation position of the monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box. Table 7-21 Pins of the monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box Start X1.SHELL is connected to X2.6 X2. Ltd.SHELL through the shield layer. Twisted pair Remarks Twisted pair Table 7-22 describes the signals listed in Table 7-21.4 X1.5 X1.2 X2. 205 ..3 X2.SHELL Description Tx+ TxRx+ RxRTN X1.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 7 Cables The monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box has a DB9 connector at one end and a DB15 connector at the other end. Table 7-21 describes the pins of the monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box.1 X1.

206 .16 GPS Signal Transmission Cable The GPS signal transmission cable is optional.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 7 Cables Figure 7-31 Installation position of the monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box 7.5-meter-long GPS signal transmission cable. Appearance Figure 7-32 shows the GPS signal transmission cable.. Figure 7-32 GPS signal transmission cable X1: SMA male connector X2: N-type female connector X3: N-type male connector Installation Connect the N-type female connector of a 1-meter-long cable to the N-type male connector of a 2. The SMA male connector at one end of the GPS signal transmission cable is connected Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.5-meter-long cable to join the two cables into a 3. Ltd. It is used to transmit the GPS clock signals to the GCGa board where the clock signals are processed and then provided for the system to use.

BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 7 Cables to port ANT on the panel of the GCGa board. The other end of the OMU serial port cable is connected to the serial port on the local maintenance terminal. Table 7-23 Pins of the OMU serial port cable DB9 2 3 5 DB9 3 2 5 Installation Position One end of the OMU serial port cable is connected to the COM serial port on the OMU. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Table 7-23 lists the pins of the OMU serial port cable.18 EMU RS485 Communication Cable The EMU RS485 communication cable is used to transmit signals between the BSC6900 and the EMU. 7. 207 . The N-type female connector at the other end of the cable is connected to port Protect on the surge protector at the cabinet top. Ltd. It is not involved in routine installation. 7.17 OMU serial port cable The OMU serial port cable is used to connect the OMU to the local maintenance terminal. Appearance Figure 7-33 shows the OMU serial port cable. NOTE The OMU serial port cable is used for commissioning purpose only. Figure 7-33 OMU serial port cable Pin Assignment Both ends of the OMU serial port cable should use DB9 female connectors..

Figure 7-34 RS485 communication cable Pin Assignment Table 7-24 describes the pins of the RS485 communication cable. 7.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 7 Cables Appearance Figure 7-34 shows the RS485 communication cable. The RJ45 connector at the other end of the cable is connected to the J2 port on a power distribution box.. NOTE One environment monitoring device is delivered with one RS485 signal cable (10 m) and one RS232 signal cable (2 m). Use the Ethernet cable as a substitute if the length of the delivered signal cable is not sufficient. Choose one signal cable based on the actual requirements. Table 7-24 Pins of the RS485 communication cable RJ45 4 1 5 2 DB9 2 3 6 7 Installation The DB9 male connector at one end of the RS485 communication cable is connected to the DB9 female connector on the environment monitoring device.19 SFP+ High-Speed Cable The SFP+ high-speed cable connects the SCUb boards in different subracks. The RS485 signal cable is recommended. Ltd. 208 . Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Appearance Figure 7-35 shows the SFP+ high-speed cable.

Length of SFP+ high-speed cable The lengths of SFP+ high-speed cable can be three or five meters. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the two cabinets must be installed side by side.. Ltd. 209 . When two cabinets are configured in the BSC6900 and a SCUb board is configured for each subrack.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 7 Cables Figure 7-35 SFP+ high-speed cable Installation The two connectors at the two ends of the SFP+ high-speed cable are connected to the 10G Ethernet ports on the SCUb boards that are located in different subracks. because the length of SFP+ high-speed cable is limited.

210 .11 LEDs on the NIUa Board Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. There are two LEDs at each Ethernet port: LINK and ACT. RUN. and ACT. and other LEDs indicate the status of Ethernet ports. ALM. LINK (optical port LED). ALM. ALM.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 8 LEDs on the Boards 8 About This Chapter LEDs on the Boards This chapter describes the LEDs on the BSC6900 boards.5 LEDs on the DPUe Board There are three LEDs on the DPUe board: RUN. ACT.9 LEDs on the GOUa Board There are three LEDs on the GOUa board: RUN. and ACT. ALM. and LOS. ALM. 8. and ACT. ALM. and ACT indicate the status of the FG2c board.. 8. RUN.3 LEDs on the AOUc Board There are four types of LEDs on the AOUc board: RUN. 8. 8. Ltd.8 LEDs on the GCUa/GCGa Board There are three LEDs on the panel of the GCUa/GCGa board: RUN.6 LEDs on the FG2a Board Among all the LEDs on the FG2a board. 8. 8. and ACT.1 LEDs on the AEUa Board There are three LEDs on the AEUa board: RUN. ALM. 8. and ACT. ALM. ALM. 8. There are two LEDs at each Ethernet port: LINK and ACT. ALM.2 LEDs on the AOUa Board There are three LEDs on the AOUa board: RUN. 8. and other LEDs indicate the status of Ethernet ports.4 LEDs on the DPUb Board There are three LEDs on the DPUb board: RUN. and ACT.7 LEDs on the FG2c Board Among all the LEDs on the FG2c board. and ACT (optical port LED). and ACT indicate the status of the FG2a board. 8. ACT. 8.10 LEDs on the GOUc Board There are five types of LEDs on the GOUc board: RUN.

and OFFLINE. ALM.25 LEDs on the UOIc Board There are four types of LEDs on the UOIc board: RUN. 8. and ACT indicate the status of the SPUb board.24 LEDs on the UOIa Board There are three LEDs on the UOIa board: RUN. 8. RUN. and ACT indicate the status of the SCUa board. ALM. 8. RUN. and other LEDs indicate the status of Ethernet ports. ALM.21 LEDs on the SCUb Board Among all the LEDs on the SCUb board. 8.15 LEDs on the PEUa Board There are three LEDs on the PEUa board: RUN. 8. RUN. HDD. and 10G LINK indicates the status of each 10G Ethernet port. and HD.20 LEDs on the SCUa Board Among all the LEDs on the SCUa board.22 LEDs on the SPUa Board Among all the LEDs on the SPUa board. 8.14 LEDs on the PAMU Board There are two LEDs on the PAMU board: RUN and ALM.19 LEDs on the SAUc Board There are five types of LEDs on the SAUc board: RUN. ALM. ALM. and LOS. ALM.17 LEDs on the POUc Board There are four types of LEDs on the POUc board: RUN.23 LEDs on the SPUb Board Among all the LEDs on the SPUb board. ACT.12 LEDs on the OMUa Board There are five types of LEDs on the OMUa board: RUN. 8. 8. ALM. 8. ALM. ACT. LINK and ACT indicate the status of each 10M/100M/1000M Ethernet port. There are two LEDs at each Ethernet port: LINK and ACT.. and ACT. HD.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 8 LEDs on the Boards There are three LEDs on the NIUa board: RUN. and ACT. 8. ACT.18 LEDs on the SAUa Board There are five types of LEDs on the SAUa board: RUN. ALM. ALM. and ACT indicate the status of the SPUb board.16 LEDs on the POUa Board There are three LEDs on the POUa board: RUN. 211 . 8. and other LEDs indicate the status of Ethernet ports. 8. There are two LEDs at each Ethernet port: LINK and ACT. 8.13 LEDs on the OMUc Board There are five types of LEDs on the OMUc board: RUN. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ACT. and OFL. There are two LEDs at each Ethernet port: LINK and ACT. RUN. ALM. Ltd. ALM. OFL. and ACT. ALM. ALM. and ACT. and HDD. ACT. 8. ACT. and ACT indicate the status of the SCUb board. and LOS. and other LEDs indicate the status of Ethernet ports. OFFLINE.

2 LEDs on the AOUa Board There are three LEDs on the AOUa board: RUN. The board is in active mode. but the board is faulty. There is no alarm. 8. ALM. or the board is faulty.125s ON OFF ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF Description The board is functional. 212 Red OFF Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.125s and OFF for 0. The board is in standby mode. or the board is faulty.1 LEDs on the AEUa Board There are three LEDs on the AEUa board: RUN. Table 8-2 describes the LEDs on the AOUa board.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 8 LEDs on the Boards 8. and ACT. The board is in loading state. Table 8-1 describes the LEDs on the AEUa board. ALM. . The board is in loading state. and ACT. There is no power supply. Table 8-2 LEDs on the AOUa board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0. There is power supply. There is no alarm. but the board is faulty. Table 8-1 LEDs on the AEUa board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0.125s and OFF for 0.125s ON OFF ALM Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Description The board is functional.. There is no power supply. There is a fault alarm. There is power supply.

The board is in active mode.4 LEDs on the DPUb Board There are three LEDs on the DPUb board: RUN.. and LOS. There is a fault alarm. ALM. The board is in standby mode. but the board is faulty. The board is in active mode. LOS 8.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 8 LEDs on the Boards LED Color Status ON or blinking Description There is a fault alarm. or the board is faulty. The STM-1 port does not receive signals properly. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 213 . The board is in loading state. There is power supply. and ACT. There is no power supply.125s and OFF for 0. ACT Green ON OFF 8. ACT. The board is in standby mode.125s ON OFF ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Gree n Gree n ON OFF ON OFF Description The board is functional. Table 8-3 LEDs on the AOUc board LED RUN Colo r Gree n Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0. There is no alarm. Table 8-4 describes the LEDs on the DPUb board. ALM.3 LEDs on the AOUc Board There are four types of LEDs on the AOUc board: RUN. The STM-1 port receives signals properly. Table 8-3 describes the LEDs on the AOUc board. Ltd.

The board is loading software or it is abnormal. There is power supply. 8. The board is functional. Ltd.125s and OFF for 0. There is no alarm. or the board is faulty. The board is in loading state.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 8 LEDs on the Boards Table 8-4 LEDs on the DPUb board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The board is in loading state. There is a fault alarm.125s ON OFF ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF Description The board is functional. or the board is faulty. ALM. The board is functional. Table 8-5 LEDs on the DPUe board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0.125s ON OFF ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF Description The board is functional. There is no alarm.125s and OFF for 0. There is no power supply.. Table 8-5 describes the LEDs on the DPUe board. 214 . There is no power supply. but the board is faulty.5 LEDs on the DPUe Board There are three LEDs on the DPUe board: RUN. and ACT. The board is loading software or it is abnormal. but the board is faulty. There is a fault alarm. There is power supply.

There is no alarm. There is data transmission over the Ethernet port.6 LEDs on the FG2a Board Among all the LEDs on the FG2a board.7 LEDs on the FG2c Board Among all the LEDs on the FG2c board. ALM. Table 8-6 LEDs on the FG2a board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0. The link is disconnected. and other LEDs indicate the status of Ethernet ports. and ACT indicate the status of the FG2a board. There is power supply. There are two LEDs at each Ethernet port: LINK and ACT. Ltd. and ACT indicate the status of the FG2c board. The link is well connected. or the board is faulty. There is a fault alarm. RUN. and other LEDs indicate the status of Ethernet ports. The board is in active mode. Table 8-6 describes the LEDs on the FG2a board. There is no data transmission over the Ethernet port.. 215 . There is no power supply. Table 8-7 describes the LEDs on the FG2c board.125s and OFF for 0. RUN.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 8 LEDs on the Boards 8.125s ON OFF ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF LINK (at the Ethernet port) ACT (at the Ethernet port) Green ON OFF Green OFF Description The board is functional. The board is in loading state. Blinking 8. The board is in standby mode. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. There are two LEDs at each Ethernet port: LINK and ACT. but the board is faulty. ALM.

but the board is faulty. ALM.125s ON OFF ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF LINK (at the Ethernet port) ACT (at the Ethernet port) Green ON OFF Orange OFF Description The board is functional.125s and OFF for 0. There is data transmission over the Ethernet port. Ltd. There is a fault alarm. but the board is faulty. There is no power supply. There is power supply. The board is in loading state. The board is in standby mode. The board is in active mode. The link is well connected.125s and OFF for 0. 216 . Table 8-8 describes the LEDs on the GCUa/GCGa board. Blinking 8.125s ON Description The board is functional. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and ACT. The link is disconnected. There is no alarm. There is power supply.. There is no data transmission over the Ethernet port. or the board is faulty. The board is in loading state.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 8 LEDs on the Boards Table 8-7 LEDs on the FG2c board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0. Table 8-8 LEDs on the GCUa/GCGa board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0.8 LEDs on the GCUa/GCGa Board There are three LEDs on the panel of the GCUa/GCGa board: RUN.

The board is in active mode.125s and OFF for 0.9 LEDs on the GOUa Board There are three LEDs on the GOUa board: RUN. Ltd. and ACT. There is no alarm. ACT. or the board is faulty. The board is in standby mode. ALM. Table 8-9 LEDs on the GOUa board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0. but the board is faulty. There is a fault alarm. or the board is faulty. The board is in standby mode.. Table 8-9 describes the LEDs on the GOUa board. and ACT (optical port LED). 8. 217 . The board is in active mode. The board is in loading state. ALM. ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF 8. There is a fault alarm. LINK (optical port LED). Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. There is no power supply.10 LEDs on the GOUc Board There are five types of LEDs on the GOUc board: RUN.125s ON OFF ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF Description The board is functional. There is power supply. Table 8-10 describes the LEDs on the GOUc board. There is no alarm.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 8 LEDs on the Boards LED Color Status OFF Description There is no power supply.

Table 8-11 describes the LEDs on the NIUa board. ALM. There is no power supply. The board is in loading state.125s and OFF for 0.125s ON Description The board is functional. There is power supply. and ACT. Blinking 8. Ltd. There is no alarm. There is a fault alarm. 218 .125s ON OFF ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF LINK (optical port LED) ACT (optical port LED) Green ON OFF Green OFF Description The board is functional. but the board is faulty.. or the board is faulty. There is no data transmission over the Ethernet port. The link is disconnected. There is data transmission over the Ethernet port. Table 8-11 LEDs on the NIUa board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0. The board is in standby mode. The board is in loading state. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. There is power supply. The board is in active mode. but the board is faulty.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 8 LEDs on the Boards Table 8-10 LEDs on the GOUc board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0.125s and OFF for 0.11 LEDs on the NIUa Board There are three LEDs on the NIUa board: RUN. The link is well connected.

The board is in active mode. There is power supply. The board is in standby mode. and HD. or the board is faulty. or the board is faulty.125s ON OFF ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF OFFLINE Blue ON OFF ON for 0. ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF 8. 219 . OFFLINE.12 LEDs on the OMUa Board There are five types of LEDs on the OMUa board: RUN.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 8 LEDs on the Boards LED Color Status OFF Description There is no power supply. The board can be removed.. There is no read or write operation on the hard disk. The board is in active mode. There is a fault alarm. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. There is no alarm.125s and OFF for 0. Table 8-12 describes the LEDs on the OMUa board. The board is in standby mode. There is a fault alarm. ALM. but the board is faulty.125s HD Green OFF Description The board is functional. There is no power supply. or the board is disconnected.125s and OFF for 0. The board cannot be removed. Ltd. or the board is disconnected. The board is being started. There is no alarm. ACT. Table 8-12 LEDs on the OMUa board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0. The board is being switched over to the other working mode.

220 . There is no alarm. The board cannot be removed.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 8 LEDs on the Boards LED Color Status Blinking Description The hard disk is being read or written. The board is in standby mode. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ALM. Table 8-13 describes the LEDs on the OMUc board.125s HDD Green OFF Blinking Description The board is functional.125s ON OFF ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF OFL Blue ON OFF ON for 0. The board is being started. but the board is faulty. ACT. 8. Table 8-13 LEDs on the OMUc board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0. There is no power supply.13 LEDs on the OMUc Board There are five types of LEDs on the OMUc board: RUN. The board can be removed. or the board is disconnected. and HDD. Table 8-14 describes the LEDs on the PAMU board. 8. Ltd.125s and OFF for 0..14 LEDs on the PAMU Board There are two LEDs on the PAMU board: RUN and ALM. or the board is faulty.125s and OFF for 0. There is no read or write operation on the hard disk. The board is in active mode. There is a fault alarm. OFL. The board is being switched over to the other working mode. The hard disk is being read or written. There is power supply.

ALM Red OFF ON 8. 221 . The power supply to the PAMU board is abnormal or the power distribution box does not work properly. There is no alarm. This indicates that the ALM LED is functional. There is a fault alarm.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 8 LEDs on the Boards Table 8-14 LEDs on the PAMU board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0. Table 8-15 LEDs on the PEUa board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.25s and OFF for 0. There is no power supply. The PAMU board is faulty or it does not communicate with the SCUa/SCUb board properly.25s OFF Description The PAMU board is functional and communicates with the SCUa/SCUb board properly. or the board is faulty. During the self-check of the PAMU board. the ALM LED is also ON. The power distribution box is faulty. The board is in active mode. and ACT. There is no alarm.. The board is in standby mode. Ltd. ALM. The board is in loading state. but the board is faulty. however.125s ON OFF ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF Description The board is functional.15 LEDs on the PEUa Board There are three LEDs on the PEUa board: RUN. Table 8-15 describes the LEDs on the PEUa board.125s and OFF for 0. There is power supply.

BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description

8 LEDs on the Boards

8.16 LEDs on the POUa Board
There are three LEDs on the POUa board: RUN, ALM, and ACT. Table 8-16 describes the LEDs on the POUa board. Table 8-16 LEDs on the POUa board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0.125s and OFF for 0.125s ON OFF ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF Description The board is functional. The board is in loading state. There is power supply, but the board is faulty. There is no power supply, or the board is faulty. There is no alarm. There is a fault alarm. The board is in active mode. The board is in standby mode.

8.17 LEDs on the POUc Board
There are four types of LEDs on the POUc board: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS. Table 8-17 describes the LEDs on the POUc board. Table 8-17 LEDs on the POUc board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0.125s and OFF for 0.125s ON OFF ALM
Issue Draft A (2012-02-15)

Description The board is functional. The board is in loading state. There is power supply, but the board is faulty. There is no power supply, or the board is faulty. There is no alarm.
222

Red

OFF

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description

8 LEDs on the Boards

LED

Color

Status ON or blinking

Description There is a fault alarm. The board is in active mode. The board is in standby mode. The STM-1 port does not receive signals properly. The STM-1 port receives signals properly.

ACT

Green

ON OFF

LOS

Green

ON OFF

8.18 LEDs on the SAUa Board
There are five types of LEDs on the SAUa board: RUN, ALM, ACT, HD, and OFFLINE. Table 8-18 describes the LEDs on the SAUa board. Table 8-18 LEDs on the SAUa board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0.125s and OFF for 0.125s ON OFF ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF OFFLINE Blue ON OFF ON for 0.125s and OFF for 0.125s HD Green OFF Blinking Description The board is functional. The board is being started. There is power supply, but the board is faulty. There is no power supply, or the board is faulty. There is no alarm. There is an alarm. The board is in active mode. The board is disconnected. The board can be removed. The board cannot be removed. The board is being switched over to the other working mode. No data on the hard disk is being read or written. Data on the hard disk is being read or written.

Issue Draft A (2012-02-15)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

223

BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description

8 LEDs on the Boards

8.19 LEDs on the SAUc Board
There are five types of LEDs on the SAUc board: RUN, ALM, ACT, HDD, and OFL. Table 8-19 describes the LEDs on the SAUc board. Table 8-19 LEDs on the SAUc board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0.125s and OFF for 0.125s ON OFF ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF OFL Blue ON OFF ON for 0.125s and OFF for 0.125s HDD Green OFF Blinking Description The board is functional. The board is being started. There is power supply, but the board is faulty. There is no power supply, or the board is faulty. There is no alarm. There is an alarm. The board is in active mode. The board is disconnected. The board can be removed. The board cannot be removed. The board is being switched over to the other working mode. No data on the hard disk is being read or written. Data on the hard disk is being read or written.

8.20 LEDs on the SCUa Board
Among all the LEDs on the SCUa board, RUN, ALM, and ACT indicate the status of the SCUa board, and other LEDs indicate the status of Ethernet ports. There are two LEDs at each Ethernet port: LINK and ACT. Table 8-20 describes the LEDs on the SCUa board.

Issue Draft A (2012-02-15)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

224

BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description

8 LEDs on the Boards

Table 8-20 LEDs on the SCUa board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0.125s and OFF for 0.125s ON OFF ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF LINK (at the Ethernet port) ACT (at the Ethernet port) Green ON OFF Green OFF Description The board is functional. The board is in loading state. There is power supply, but the board is faulty. There is no power supply, or the board is faulty. There is no alarm. There is a fault alarm. The board is in active mode. The board is in standby mode. The link is well connected. The link is disconnected. There is no data transmission over the Ethernet port. There is data transmission over the Ethernet port.

Blinking

8.21 LEDs on the SCUb Board
Among all the LEDs on the SCUb board, RUN, ALM, and ACT indicate the status of the SCUb board, LINK and ACT indicate the status of each 10M/100M/1000M Ethernet port, and 10G LINK indicates the status of each 10G Ethernet port. Table 8-21 describes the LEDs on the SCUb board. Table 8-21 LEDs on the SCUb board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0.125s and OFF for 0.125s ON Description The board is functional. The board is in loading state. There is power supply, but the board is faulty.
225

Issue Draft A (2012-02-15)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description

8 LEDs on the Boards

LED

Color

Status OFF

Description There is no power supply, or the board is faulty. There is no alarm. There is a fault alarm. The board is in active mode. The board is in standby mode. The link is well connected. The link is disconnected. There is no data transmission over the Ethernet port. There is data transmission over the Ethernet port. The link is well connected. The link is disconnected.

ALM

Red

OFF ON or blinking

ACT

Green

ON OFF

LINK (at the Ethernet port) ACT (at the Ethernet port)

Green

ON OFF

Green

OFF

Blinking 10G LINK Green ON OFF

8.22 LEDs on the SPUa Board
Among all the LEDs on the SPUa board, RUN, ALM, and ACT indicate the status of the SPUb board, and other LEDs indicate the status of Ethernet ports. There are two LEDs at each Ethernet port: LINK and ACT. Table 8-22 describes the LEDs on the SPUa board. Table 8-22 LEDs on the SPUa board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0.125s and OFF for 0.125s ON OFF ALM Red OFF Description The board is functional. The board is in loading state. There is power supply, but the board is faulty. There is no power supply, or the board is faulty. There is no alarm.

Issue Draft A (2012-02-15)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

226

There is no alarm. The board is in standby mode.23 LEDs on the SPUb Board Among all the LEDs on the SPUb board. RUN. There is no power supply. There is a fault alarm. The link is disconnected. There are two LEDs at each Ethernet port: LINK and ACT. There is data transmission over the Ethernet port. and ACT indicate the status of the SPUb board. The link is well connected. ACT Green ON OFF LINK (at the Ethernet port) ACT (at the Ethernet port) Green ON OFF Green OFF Blinking 8. The board is in loading state.125s and OFF for 0. 227 Green ON OFF Orange OFF Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and other LEDs indicate the status of Ethernet ports. Ltd. The board is in active mode. The board is in standby mode. Table 8-23 describes the LEDs on the SPUb board. There is power supply.125s ON OFF ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF LINK (at the Ethernet port) ACT (at the Ethernet port) Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Description The board is functional. The link is disconnected. The link is well connected. . There is no data transmission over the Ethernet port. There is no data transmission over the Ethernet port. Table 8-23 LEDs on the SPUb board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0. or the board is faulty.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 8 LEDs on the Boards LED Color Status ON or blinking Description There is a fault alarm. but the board is faulty.. ALM. The board is in active mode.

There is no alarm. The board is in loading state.125s and OFF for 0. There is a fault alarm. Table 8-24 LEDs on the UOIa board LED RUN Color Green Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0. The board is in loading state. 8. or the board is faulty. 228 . 8. ACT. There is power supply.25 LEDs on the UOIc Board There are four types of LEDs on the UOIc board: RUN. ALM.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 8 LEDs on the Boards LED Color Status Blinking Description There is data transmission over the Ethernet port. Table 8-24 describes the LEDs on the UOIa board. Table 8-25 LEDs on the UOIc board LED RUN Colo r Gree n Status ON for 1s and OFF for 1s ON for 0. and LOS.125s ON OFF ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Green ON OFF Description The board is functional.. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.125s and OFF for 0. The board is in active mode. The board is in standby mode. Ltd. There is no power supply. and ACT.24 LEDs on the UOIa Board There are three LEDs on the UOIa board: RUN. Table 8-25 describes the LEDs on the UOIc board. ALM.125s Description The board is functional. but the board is faulty.

. The board is in active mode. There is no alarm. 229 . The STM-1 port receives signals properly. Ltd. The STM-1 port does not receive signals properly. There is no power supply. ALM Red OFF ON or blinking ACT Gree n Gree n ON OFF ON OFF LOS Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The board is in standby mode. but the board is faulty. There is a fault alarm.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 8 LEDs on the Boards LED Colo r Status ON OFF Description There is power supply. or the board is faulty.

The DIP switch is used to set the address of the PFCU board. 9. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. S6.6 DIP Switch on the PFCU Board The PFCU board has one DIP switch. 9. Ltd. 9. both of which are labeled S1. the address of the PFCU board is set to 1. namely. namely.7 DIP Switches on the POUa Board The POUa board provides two DIP switches. which is named SW1 and consists of four bits.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 9 DIP Switches on Components 9 About This Chapter DIP Switches on Components This chapter describes the DIP switches on the boards and subracks of the BSC6900. S4. The two DIP switches are used to set the mode of the two STM-1/OC-3 optical ports. S2. S4. 9.3 DIP Switches on the AOUa Board The AOUa board provides two DIP switches. S8.2 DIP Switches on the AEUa Board The AEUa board provides five DIP switches. S2. both of which are labeled S1.4 DIP Switch on the PAMU Board The PAMU provides an SW1 DIP switch. When the PFCU board is configured in a fan box of the service subrack. The two DIP switches are used to set the mode of the two STM-1/OC-3 optical ports.5 DIP Switches on the PEUa Board The PEUa board provides five DIP switches.1 DIP Switch on the Subrack The DIP switch on a subrack is used to set the number of the subrack. When the PFCU board is configured in the independent fan subrack. 9. S6. 9.. 9. S8. the address of the PFCU board is set to 4. and S10. and S10. 230 .

BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 9 DIP Switches on Components 9.1 DIP Switch on the Subrack The DIP switch on a subrack is used to set the number of the subrack.2 Components of the Subrack.. Appearance Figure 9-1 shows the cover plate for the DIP switch on the subrack. see 5. 231 . Figure 9-1 Cover plate for the DIP switch on the subrack Description about the DIP Switch The DIP switch on the subrack has eight bits numbered in ascending order from 1 to 8. Table 9-1 describes the bits. the more significant it is. Location of the DIP Switch The DIP switch is located on the lower back of the subrack. The higher the bit is. Ltd. For details on the location of the DIP switch. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

0 Bit 1 0 ON 1 1 OFF 2 0 ON 3 1 OFF 2 0 ON 0 ON 1 OFF 1 OFF 3 0 ON 0 ON 0 ON 0 ON 4 0 ON 0 ON 0 ON 0 ON 5 0 ON 0 ON 0 ON 0 ON 6 0 ON 1 OFF 1 OFF 0 ON 7 0 ON 0 ON 0 ON 0 ON 8 1 OFF 1 OFF 1 OFF 1 OFF Setting of the DIP Switch Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. If the bit is set to ON. Table 9-2 Setting of the DIP switch Subr ack No. generally set to OFF 6 7 8 (the most significant bit) Principle of the DIP Switch Setting As the DIP switch uses odd parity check. 232 .. Check the number of 1s in the seven bits of the DIP switch. undefined. Table 9-2 describes the setting of the DIP switch in the case. generally set to ON Startup type of the subrack. it indicates 1. If the bit is set to OFF. set bit 6 to ON. Ltd. l If the number of 1s is odd. it indicates 0. The method for setting the bits is as follows: 1. 3. 2. Odd parity check bit Reserved. 4. Set bit 1 to bit 5 as required. the number of 1s in the eight bits must be an odd number. Set bit 7 to ON. set bit 6 to OFF. l If the number of 1s is even. Bit 1 is the least significant bit.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 9 DIP Switches on Components Table 9-1 Description about the bits Bit 1-5 Description Bits 1 to 5 are used for setting the subrack number. Set bit 8 to OFF.

Layout of the DIP Switches Figure 9-2 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the AEUa board.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 9 DIP Switches on Components Subr ack No. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. S2. 233 . and S10. namely. Ltd.. S4. S8. S6. 4 Bit 1 0 ON 2 0 ON 0 ON 3 1 OF F 1 OF F 4 0 ON 0 ON 5 0 ON 0 ON 6 1 OFF 0 ON 7 0 ON 0 ON 8 1 OFF 1 OFF Setting of the DIP Switch 5 1 OFF 9.2 DIP Switches on the AEUa Board The AEUa board provides five DIP switches.

Ltd.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 9 DIP Switches on Components Figure 9-2 Layout of the DIP switches on the AEUa board (1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. 234 .

When you run the SET E1T1 command to set the support for balanced and unbalanced modes parameter to No and set the working mode of S10 to E1. S6. To set the bits of S10 to OFF. To set the bits of S2. Table 9-3 describes S2. take the setting by command as the criterion.. or T1 mode. the signals are transmitted through the 120-ohm twisted pair cable and the TX end of the cable is not grounded. and thus you can set S10 along the side. E1 unbalanced mode. The front panel is combined with the bottom plate. To set the bits of S10 to ON. turn them inwards. S4. T1 mode. Description of the DIP Switches DIP switches S2. S8. You can also run the SET E1T1 command on the LMT to change the working mode of S10 from E1 mode to E1 balanced mode. The direction of the arrow in Figure 9-2 is to turn inwards. S6. S4. and S8 on the AEUa board are used to enable or disable the grounding of 0 to 31 E1s/T1/J1s at the TX end. E1 unbalanced mode. As shown in Figure 9-2. DIP switch S10 is used to set the working mode to E1 balanced mode. or S8 to ON. Through the two holes. S6. the corresponding DIP bit is set to OFF. or J1 mode. one between S2 and S4. and S6. the corresponding DIP bit is set to ON. S8. or S8 to OFF. that is. S4. Table 9-3 Description of the DIP switches on the AEUa board DIP Switch S2 Bit 1-8 Description TX ground switch of E1s/T1s/J1s 24 to 31 Setting of DIP Bit ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON Meaning Set the working mode to E1 unbalanced mode Set the working mode to other modes Set the working mode to E1 unbalanced mode Set the working mode to other modes Set the working mode to E1 unbalanced mode Set the working mode to other modes Set the working mode to E1 unbalanced mode S4 1-8 TX ground switch of E1s/T1s/J1s 16 to 23 S6 1-8 TX ground switch of E1s/T1s/J1s 0 to 7 S8 1-8 TX ground switch of E1s/T1s/J1s 8 to 15 Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. there are two square holes between DIP switches. that is. DIP switch S10 is located in the right corner of the subboard. To set the bits of S2. S6. and the other between S8 and S6. turn them outwards. 235 . and S10 are set from the side. l If signals are transmitted in E1 unbalanced mode. turn them inwards. S4. If there is any inconsistency between the physical setting of S10 on the AEUa board and the setting of S10 by command. S4. l You can also run the SET E1T1 command on the LMT to set S10. S4. the working mode of S10 is set to E1. S6. turn them outwards. Ltd. If signals are transmitted in E1(T1) balanced mode. you must also manually set the bits of S10 to set the working mode of S10 to E1 balanced mode or E1 unbalanced mode.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description NOTE 9 DIP Switches on Components l All DIP switches are on the front panel of the sub-board. and S10. S8. By default. the signals are transmitted through the 75-ohm coaxial cable and the TX end of the cable is grounded. you can set S2. so the DIP switches are not exposed. l DIP switches S2.

ON) (ON. 236 .. The two DIP switches are used to set the mode of the two STM-1/OC-3 optical ports. ON) (OFF. both of which are labeled S1. consisting of two bits (ON. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. OFF) 9. Layout of the DIP Switches Figure 9-3 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the AOUa board. OFF) (OFF. Ltd.3 DIP Switches on the AOUa Board The AOUa board provides two DIP switches.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 9 DIP Switches on Components DIP Switch Bit Description Setting of DIP Bit OFF Meaning Set the working mode to other modes Set the working mode to E1 unbalanced mode Set the working mode to E1 balanced mode Set the working mode to T1 mode Set the working mode to J1 mode S10 1-2 DIP switch for setting the working mode.

The front panel is faced to and combined with the bottom plate. Description of the DIP Switches Table 9-4 describes the DIP switches on the AOUa board. Table 9-4 Description of the DIP switches on the AOUa board DIP Switch S1 Bit 1-2 Setting of DIP Bit (ON. .. Ltd.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 9 DIP Switches on Components Figure 9-3 Layout of the DIP switches on the AOUa board (1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate CAUTION All DIP switches of the AOUa board are on the front panel of the sub-board. and so the DIP switches are hidden in between. ON) (OFF. OFF) Meaning Set loading mode to JTAG configuration Set loading mode to CPU slave parallel configuration 237 Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

Figure 9-4 Layout of the DIP switch on the PAMU board With four bits.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 9 DIP Switches on Components DIP Switch Bit 3 Setting of DIP Bit ON OFF Meaning Set working mode to T1 mode Set working mode to E1 mode Set the mapped path to AU3 Set the mapped path to AU4 Set the information structure to TU11 Set the information structure to TU12 SONET SDH Reserved Reserved 4 ON OFF 5 ON OFF 6 ON OFF 7 8 - 9. first remove the PAMU board and then set the SW1 as described in Table 9-5.. Figure 9-4 shows the layout of the DIP switch on the PAMU board. the DIP switch SW1 is used to set the address of the PAMU board.4 DIP Switch on the PAMU Board The PAMU provides an SW1 DIP switch. . To set the address. Table 9-5 DIP switch on the PAMU board Address 0 Bit 1 (the most significant bit) 2 Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Setting of DIP Bit ON ON Description 0 0 238 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.

Ltd. S4. S6. namely. Figure 9-5 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the PEUa board. S8. and S10. 239 .. Figure 9-5 Layout of the DIP switches on the PEUa board (1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 9 DIP Switches on Components Address Bit 3 4 (the least significant bit) Setting of DIP Bit ON ON Description 0 0 NOTE In the BSC6900. S2. the DIP switch on the PAMU board must be set as described in Table 9-5.5 DIP Switches on the PEUa Board The PEUa board provides five DIP switches. 9.

the working mode of S10 is set to E1. so the DIP switches are not exposed. that is. DIP switches S2. S4. or S8 to OFF. or T1 mode. S6. and S10 are set from the side. Table 9-6 describes the DIP switches on the PEUa board. l DIP switches S2. l If signals are transmitted in E1 unbalanced mode. To set the bits of S2. the signals are transmitted through the 75-ohm coaxial cable and the TX end of the cable is grounded. If signals are transmitted in E1(T1) balanced mode. turn them outwards. Ltd. S4.. S4. S6. S6. one between S2 and S4. DIP switch S10 is located in the right corner of the subboard. the corresponding DIP bit is set to OFF. Table 9-6 Description about DIP switches on the PEUa board DIP Switc h S2 Bit Description Setting of DIP Switch ON Meaning 1-8 TX ground switch of E1s/T1s/J1s 24 to 31 Setting the working mode to E1 unbalanced mode Setting the working mode to other modes Setting the working mode to E1 unbalanced mode Setting the working mode to other modes OFF S4 1-8 TX ground switch of E1s/T1s/J1s 16 to 23 ON OFF Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The front panel is combined with the bottom plate. that is. the signals are transmitted through the 120-ohm twisted pair cable and the TX end of the cable is not grounded. S4. DIP switch S10 is used to set the working mode to E1 balanced mode. turn them inwards. you must also manually set the bits of S10 to set the working mode of S10 to E1 balanced mode or E1 unbalanced mode. If there is any inconsistency between the physical setting of S10 on the PEUa board and the setting of S10 by command. there are two square holes between DIP switches. The direction of the arrow in Figure 9-5 is to turn inwards. S8. and the other between S8 and S6. l You can also run the SET E1T1 command on the LMT to set S10.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 9 DIP Switches on Components NOTE l All DIP switches are on the front panel of the sub-board. To set the bits of S10 to ON. or J1 mode. As shown in Figure 9-5. the corresponding DIP bit is set to ON. and thus you can set S10 along the side. By default. You can also run the SET E1T1 command on the LMT to change the working mode of S10 from E1 mode to E1 balanced mode. T1 mode. When you run the SET E1T1 command to set the support for balanced and unbalanced modes parameter to No and set the working mode of S10 to E1. E1 unbalanced mode. S6. Through the two holes. and S6. and S8 on the PEUa board are used to enable or disable the grounding of 0 to 31 E1s/T1s/J1s at the TX end. S4. turn them outwards. 240 . take the setting by command as the criterion. turn them inwards. To set the bits of S10 to OFF. E1 unbalanced mode. or S8 to ON. S8. To set the bits of S2. you can set S2.

. When the PFCU board is configured in a fan box of the service subrack. ON) (OFF. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. When the PFCU board is configured in the independent fan subrack. the address of the PFCU board is set to 4. ON) (ON. The DIP switch is used to set the address of the PFCU board.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 9 DIP Switches on Components DIP Switc h S6 Bit Description Setting of DIP Switch ON Meaning 1-8 TX ground switch of E1s/T1s/J1s 0 to 7 Setting the working mode to E1 unbalanced mode Setting the working mode to other modes Setting the working mode to E1 unbalanced mode Setting the working mode to other modes Setting the working mode to E1 unbalanced mode Setting the working mode to E1 balanced mode Setting the working mode to T1 mode Setting the working mode to J1 mode OFF S8 1-8 TX ground switch of E1s/T1s/J1s 8 to 15 ON OFF S10 1-2 DIP switch for setting the working mode. DIP Switch on the PFCU Board (in a Fan Box of the service subrack) Figure 9-6 shows the DIP switch on the PFCU board. which is named SW1 and consists of four bits. the address of the PFCU board is set to 1.6 DIP Switch on the PFCU Board The PFCU board has one DIP switch. 241 . Ltd. consisting of two bits (ON. OFF) 9. OFF) (OFF.

the address of the PFCU board is 4.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 9 DIP Switches on Components Figure 9-6 DIP switch on the PFCU board To set the address of the PFCU board. remove the fan box. After setting the DIP switch. and then set SW1 as described in Table 9-8. For how to remove the fan box. Figure 9-7 DIP switch on the PFCU board To set the address of the PFCU board. For how to remove the fan box. After the setting.. see Replacing the Fan Box. remove the fan box. see Replacing the Fan Box. and then set SW1 as described in Table 9-7. Table 9-7 DIP switch on the PFCU board (in a fan box of the service subrack) DIP Switch SW1 Bit 1 (the least significant bit) 2 3 4 (the most significant bit) Setting of DIP Switch OFF ON ON ON Description 1 0 0 0 DIP Switch on the PFCU Board (in the Independent Fan Subrack) Figure 9-7 shows the DIP switch on the PFCU board. the address of the PFCU board is 1. 242 . Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.

.7 DIP Switches on the POUa Board The POUa board provides two DIP switches. 243 . both of which are labeled S1. 9. The two DIP switches are used to set the mode of the two STM-1/OC-3 optical ports. Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Layout of the DIP Switches Figure 9-8 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the POUa board.BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 9 DIP Switches on Components Table 9-8 DIP switch on the PFCU board (in the independent fan subrack) DIP Switch SW1 Bit 1 (the least significant bit) 2 3 4 (the most significant bit) Setting of DIP Switch ON ON OFF ON Description 0 0 1 0 NOTE The DIP switch on the PFCU board of the BSC6900 must be set according to the preceding descriptions. Ltd.

Description of the DIP Switches Table 9-9 describes the DIP switches on the POUa board. and so the DIP switches are hidden in between. Table 9-9 Description of the DIP switches on the POUa board DIP Switch S1 Bit 1-2 Setting of DIP Bit (ON. Ltd. The front panel is faced to and combined with the bottom plate.. .BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 9 DIP Switches on Components Figure 9-8 Layout of the DIP switches on the POUa board (1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate CAUTION All the DIP switches on the POUa board are on the front panel of the sub-board. ON) (OFF. OFF) Meaning Setting loading mode to JTAG configuration Setting loading mode to CPU slave parallel configuration 244 Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

. 245 .BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description 9 DIP Switches on Components DIP Switch Bit 3 Setting of DIP Bit ON OFF Meaning Setting working mode to T1 mode Setting working mode to E1 mode Setting the mapped path to AU3 Setting the mapped path to AU4 Setting the information structure to TU11 Setting the information structure to TU12 SONET SDH Reserved Reserved 4 ON OFF 5 ON OFF 6 ON OFF 7 8 - Issue Draft A (2012-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful